Compare commits

...

303 Commits

Author SHA1 Message Date
Tom Aarab (toaa) 5edb5123b9 [IMP] accounting: checks
Cleared up some confusion about path menu and feature

Forward to master

taskid-3644544

X-original-commit: c438e5a3aa
2024-01-05 18:35:24 +01:00
Julien Castiaux b0cc13d4fe [FIX] developer/reference/cli: log on stderr
Odoo is actually logging on sys.stderr and not sys.stdout[^1][^2][^3].

Remove passage about the workflows, the workflows were an OpenERP
feature removed almost a decade ago in odoo/odoo@98cb4719db.

Fixes: #7210

[^1]: https://github.com/odoo/odoo/blob/b3b9b2b49ef90d30bcce1e27a4ba0b24f888170c/odoo/netsvc.py#L156
[^2]: https://github.com/odoo/odoo/blob/b3b9b2b49ef90d30bcce1e27a4ba0b24f888170c/odoo/netsvc.py#L198
[^3]: https://docs.python.org/3/library/logging.handlers.html#logging.StreamHandler

closes odoo/documentation#7274

X-original-commit: c55e8f251a
Signed-off-by: Antoine Vandevenne (anv) <anv@odoo.com>
Signed-off-by: Julien Castiaux (juc) <juc@odoo.com>
2024-01-04 23:00:59 +00:00
Donatienne (dopi) 6016ed4e93 [IMP] to-do: create a new to-do with ctrl k shortcut
taskid-3501306

closes odoo/documentation#7252

X-original-commit: a1eaf3af64
Signed-off-by: Jonathan Castillo (jcs) <jcs@odoo.com>
2024-01-04 20:40:46 +00:00
Tom Aarab (toaa) 6c561112a8 [FIX] Project: broken URL
One of the link is broken

taskid-3658558

closes odoo/documentation#7250

X-original-commit: 0311faee2f
Signed-off-by: Jonathan Castillo (jcs) <jcs@odoo.com>
Signed-off-by: Tom Aarab (toaa) <toaa@odoo.com>
2024-01-04 19:10:10 +00:00
Tom Aarab (toaa) 7a8f551d67 [IMP] accounting: Incoterms
Updated the Incoterms page to add "location" field and fixed typos

taskid-3619104

closes odoo/documentation#7245

X-original-commit: 30f5433366
Signed-off-by: Tom Aarab (toaa) <toaa@odoo.com>
2024-01-04 19:10:09 +00:00
Tom Aarab (toaa) 67adf2fc3b [IMP] accounting: batch payments
Updated screenshots from 16.3 onwards. Forward to master.

taskid-3615592

closes odoo/documentation#7242

X-original-commit: 22012bbf3e
Signed-off-by: Tom Aarab (toaa) <toaa@odoo.com>
2024-01-04 19:10:08 +00:00
Tom Aarab (toaa) 6f3ca9f4a3 [IMP] accounting: bank sync
Changed a note that was confusing to end users. Forward to 16.3

16.3 & 16.4 --> Fetch Account/Reconnect

17.0 --> Reconnect

taskid-3619168

closes odoo/documentation#7234

X-original-commit: f0ee3420b9
Signed-off-by: Xavier Platteau (xpl) <xpl@odoo.com>
Signed-off-by: Tom Aarab (toaa) <toaa@odoo.com>
2024-01-04 17:58:34 +00:00
“Chiara d1836f349f [IMP] accounting: withholding tax
taskid-3615963

closes odoo/documentation#7236

X-original-commit: cc03963248
Signed-off-by: Chiara Prattico (chpr) <chpr@odoo.com>
2024-01-04 14:59:39 +00:00
YStorm5 e765370016 [FW][FIX] developer/tutorials/getting_started: swap headers
I think these two header got mix up.

closes odoo/documentation#7226

Forward-port-of: odoo/documentation#7199
Signed-off-by: Antoine Vandevenne (anv) <anv@odoo.com>
2024-01-03 17:43:36 +00:00
ezoer 15beccfd50 [FW][FIX] developer/user_interface: fix typo in 'attribute'
closes odoo/documentation#7225

Forward-port-of: odoo/documentation#7190
Signed-off-by: Antoine Vandevenne (anv) <anv@odoo.com>
2024-01-03 17:43:34 +00:00
Lara Martini (larm) cec2e1f322 [ADD] fleet: add a new vehicle
closes odoo/documentation#7222

X-original-commit: 7a5d891206
Signed-off-by: Zachary Straub (zst) <zst@odoo.com>
Co-authored-by: jero-odoo <104637850+jero-odoo@users.noreply.github.com>
2024-01-02 22:09:33 +00:00
Brandon Seltenrich (BRSE) 9cb186f87b [IMP] inventory: update differences doc
closes odoo/documentation#7216

X-original-commit: 81d201efc4
Signed-off-by: Zachary Straub (zst) <zst@odoo.com>
Signed-off-by: Brandon Seltenrich (brse) <brse@odoo.com>
2024-01-02 20:36:56 +00:00
KC (ksc) 075eea9326 [IMP] sales: updated quotation template for 17
closes odoo/documentation#7198

X-original-commit: edb41d8c51
Signed-off-by: Zachary Straub (zst) <zst@odoo.com>
2023-12-29 23:24:40 +00:00
KC (ksc) b5507c4940 [IMP] subscriptions: updated upsell sub doc
closes odoo/documentation#7197

X-original-commit: 648cc25775
Signed-off-by: Zachary Straub (zst) <zst@odoo.com>
2023-12-29 23:24:39 +00:00
Lara Martini (larm) 64fabeb801 [IMP] Inventory: making targeted edits for 16
closes odoo/documentation#7189

X-original-commit: 04401626e5
Signed-off-by: Zachary Straub (zst) <zst@odoo.com>
2023-12-27 23:57:01 +00:00
Lara Martini (larm) 6667e3ec35 [ADD] Fleet: new services doc
closes odoo/documentation#7183

X-original-commit: abb6130914
Signed-off-by: Zachary Straub (zst) <zst@odoo.com>
2023-12-27 23:57:00 +00:00
Brandon Seltenrich (BRSE) 7b917cd1c3 [IMP] mrp: update variants doc
closes odoo/documentation#7175

X-original-commit: f3a2865dea
Signed-off-by: Zachary Straub (zst) <zst@odoo.com>
Signed-off-by: Brandon Seltenrich (brse) <brse@odoo.com>
2023-12-27 14:03:06 +00:00
Lara Martini (larm) 884c1b3126 [ADD] Referrals: new doc explaining all of referrals
closes odoo/documentation#7167

X-original-commit: f2b550ab78
Signed-off-by: Samuel Lieber (sali) <sali@odoo.com>
2023-12-26 23:07:20 +00:00
Brandon Seltenrich (BRSE) b339573354 [IMP] barcode: update barcode operations doc
closes odoo/documentation#7166

X-original-commit: 30fd7112af
Signed-off-by: Brandon Seltenrich (brse) <brse@odoo.com>
Signed-off-by: Zachary Straub (zst) <zst@odoo.com>
2023-12-26 23:07:19 +00:00
Brandon Seltenrich (BRSE) 668420655f [IMP] barcode: update transfers scratch doc
closes odoo/documentation#7153

X-original-commit: df58ae965c
Signed-off-by: Brandon Seltenrich (brse) <brse@odoo.com>
Signed-off-by: Zachary Straub (zst) <zst@odoo.com>
2023-12-26 21:44:52 +00:00
Ricardo Gomes Rodrigues abb3589471 [IMP] accounting: Deferred revenues and expenses
Update Deferred Revenues and Expenses documentation
following the changes in https://github.com/odoo/enterprise/pull/40902

task-id 3478356

closes odoo/documentation#7143

X-original-commit: 6d6e82a158
Signed-off-by: Audrey Vandromme (auva) <auva@odoo.com>
Signed-off-by: Ricardo Gomes Rodrigues (rigr) <rigr@odoo.com>
2023-12-26 09:53:34 +00:00
Prakash Prajapati (ppr) 588801185a [IMP] payment_providers: activate on-demand (Recurring payments) feature for Razorpay
task-3495914

closes https://github.com/odoo/documentation/pull/6732

closes odoo/documentation#7145

Related: odoo/odoo#143525
Related: odoo/odoo#147425
X-original-commit: 5be62e15e2
Signed-off-by: Antoine Vandevenne (anv) <anv@odoo.com>
Signed-off-by: Prakash Prajapati (ppr) <ppr@odoo.com>
2023-12-26 08:40:44 +00:00
aliya 78d1f23686 [IMP] accounting: peppol
task-3613395

closes odoo/documentation#7140

X-original-commit: d88148f3f6
Signed-off-by: Jonathan Castillo (jcs) <jcs@odoo.com>
2023-12-22 21:16:41 +00:00
Lara Martini (larm) e72b21d734 [IMP] Recruitmet: updating images and text for 16 version
closes odoo/documentation#7133

X-original-commit: 55600e428d
Signed-off-by: Zachary Straub (zst) <zst@odoo.com>
2023-12-22 19:50:02 +00:00
Lara Martini (larm) 5ff951e927 [IMP] payroll: made targeted edits for 16
closes odoo/documentation#7132

X-original-commit: ec18f20bf5
Signed-off-by: Zachary Straub (zst) <zst@odoo.com>
2023-12-22 19:50:01 +00:00
Lara Martini (larm) 78b3ca7521 [IMP] employees: larm made targeted edits for 16 and updated pics
closes odoo/documentation#7131

X-original-commit: 5413bd1c5d
Signed-off-by: Zachary Straub (zst) <zst@odoo.com>
2023-12-22 19:50:00 +00:00
Lara Martini (larm) 9e3cb9eeaf [ADD] Attendances: new documentation needed for flow and configurations
updated section about managers for better flow

closes odoo/documentation#7115

X-original-commit: 6b9ba7f9ed
Signed-off-by: Zachary Straub (zst) <zst@odoo.com>
Co-authored-by: jero-odoo <104637850+jero-odoo@users.noreply.github.com>
Co-authored-by: jero-odoo <104637850+jero-odoo@users.noreply.github.com>
2023-12-22 19:49:59 +00:00
KC (ksc) 9115d5d7a4 [IMP] sales: updated product_images doc about Google API
closes odoo/documentation#7113

X-original-commit: 8167182ae9
Signed-off-by: Zachary Straub (zst) <zst@odoo.com>
2023-12-22 19:49:58 +00:00
KC (ksc) c5b4336b52 [IMP] sales: updated import products doc for 16
closes odoo/documentation#7112

X-original-commit: ca1554271b
Signed-off-by: Zachary Straub (zst) <zst@odoo.com>
2023-12-22 19:49:57 +00:00
Lara Martini (larm) 78d289c677 [ADD] fleet: new configurations doc
closes odoo/documentation#7098

X-original-commit: 52a2a795a1
Signed-off-by: Zachary Straub (zst) <zst@odoo.com>
Co-authored-by: Sam Lieber (sali) <36018073+samueljlieber@users.noreply.github.com>
2023-12-22 19:49:56 +00:00
KC (ksc) 14a9073ac9 [IMP] rental: total update of the doc for the rental app
closes odoo/documentation#7091

X-original-commit: 230461a3e8
Signed-off-by: Zachary Straub (zst) <zst@odoo.com>
2023-12-22 19:49:55 +00:00
Nicolas Viseur (vin) 4eb1baa5c5 [IMP] l10n_au: update documentation
Provides an up-to-date documentation for the Australian localization
(Odoo 17) with all the new and upcoming features in this version.

closes odoo/documentation#7138

X-original-commit: 2bffc3d457
Signed-off-by: Jonathan Castillo (jcs) <jcs@odoo.com>
2023-12-22 18:30:07 +00:00
Martin Trigaux a2fbef0bc9 [I18N] *: export saas-16.1 translations
closes odoo/documentation#7075

X-original-commit: a4f0e6b9b8
Signed-off-by: Martin Trigaux (mat) <mat@odoo.com>
2023-12-22 07:33:45 +00:00
Lara Martini (larm) 0f8e20e0aa [IMP] Recruitment: adding new hiring flow doc
closes odoo/documentation#7099

X-original-commit: 6704ff51de
Signed-off-by: Zachary Straub (zst) <zst@odoo.com>
2023-12-22 04:08:56 +00:00
tiku-odoo dfc42d4b62 [IMP] Market Connectors: eBay Marketplace edits
closes odoo/documentation#7082

X-original-commit: 2048c588c4
Signed-off-by: Timothy Kukulka (tiku) <tiku@odoo.com>
Signed-off-by: Zachary Straub (zst) <zst@odoo.com>
2023-12-22 01:53:10 +00:00
Jess Rogers (jero) 5bd89e30b9 [IMP] crm: update convert leads
closes odoo/documentation#7068

X-original-commit: 88a0b155e5
Signed-off-by: Zachary Straub (zst) <zst@odoo.com>
Co-authored-by: ksc-odoo <73958186+ksc-odoo@users.noreply.github.com>
Co-authored-by: hojo-odoo <123424465+hojo-odoo@users.noreply.github.com>
Co-authored-by: Sam Lieber (sali) <36018073+samueljlieber@users.noreply.github.com>
2023-12-22 01:53:09 +00:00
MaxKeilOdoo 35602b9f50 [IMP] sales: update win loss report documentation for Odoo 17
closes odoo/documentation#7060

X-original-commit: 554193a14b
Signed-off-by: Zachary Straub (zst) <zst@odoo.com>
Co-authored-by: Felicia Kuan <feku@odoo.com>
Co-authored-by: jero-odoo <104637850+jero-odoo@users.noreply.github.com>
Co-authored-by: ksc-odoo <73958186+ksc-odoo@users.noreply.github.com>
Co-authored-by: Zachary Straub <zst@odoo.com>
2023-12-21 07:57:52 +00:00
tiku-odoo 79fa32eb3d [IMP] Misc: Portal User Change Login Initial Commit
closes odoo/documentation#7059

X-original-commit: d423038270
Signed-off-by: Zachary Straub (zst) <zst@odoo.com>
2023-12-21 07:57:51 +00:00
KC (ksc) 3905b642fa [IMP] marketing automation: updated testing_running campaign doc for Odoo 16
closes odoo/documentation#7040

X-original-commit: 76fc90dde7
Signed-off-by: Zachary Straub (zst) <zst@odoo.com>
2023-12-21 07:57:50 +00:00
KC (ksc) 5b581c31a5 [IMP] marketing automation: update understanding_metrics for 16
closes odoo/documentation#7039

X-original-commit: 70050340fe
Signed-off-by: Zachary Straub (zst) <zst@odoo.com>
2023-12-21 07:57:49 +00:00
KC (ksc) 90fffd3039 [IMP] marketing automation: updated workflow activities for 16
closes odoo/documentation#7028

X-original-commit: 6968e362da
Signed-off-by: Zachary Straub (zst) <zst@odoo.com>
2023-12-21 07:57:48 +00:00
Valentino 6fb216f70d [IMP] l10n_br: include electronic invoicing flow
With the addition of l10n_br_edi and l10n_br_edi_sale to the previous modules, now electronic invoices for goods can be created from Odoo.

This PR includes the necessary information to use these new modules - configuration and workflows.

closes odoo/documentation#7022

X-original-commit: f23dcb7d35
Signed-off-by: Zachary Straub (zst) <zst@odoo.com>
2023-12-21 07:57:47 +00:00
tiku-odoo d4eece9b5f [IMP] Productivity: Discuss Getting Started
closes odoo/documentation#7049

X-original-commit: cdd5dbead5
Signed-off-by: Zachary Straub (zst) <zst@odoo.com>
2023-12-21 06:49:32 +00:00
KC (ksc) 52e107681a [IMP] sales: updated variants doc for v16
closes odoo/documentation#7021

X-original-commit: c2c835c2d6
Signed-off-by: Kevin Scannell (ksc) <ksc@odoo.com>
2023-12-21 00:17:20 +00:00
KC (ksc) be6f7e1662 [IMP] social marketing: updated essentials for Odoo 16
closes odoo/documentation#7020

X-original-commit: bddbe0fd45
Signed-off-by: Kevin Scannell (ksc) <ksc@odoo.com>
2023-12-21 00:17:19 +00:00
KC (ksc) 28f9d0c02c made all of BRSE's edits
closes odoo/documentation#7009

X-original-commit: a728ac22dd
Signed-off-by: Kevin Scannell (ksc) <ksc@odoo.com>
2023-12-20 22:48:50 +00:00
Jess Rogers (jero) 643ec40050 [IMP] crm: create new quotation
closes odoo/documentation#7002

X-original-commit: 5a298f09eb
Signed-off-by: Jessica Rogers (jero) <jero@odoo.com>
Signed-off-by: Zachary Straub (zst) <zst@odoo.com>
Co-authored-by: ksc-odoo <73958186+ksc-odoo@users.noreply.github.com>
Co-authored-by: Zachary Straub <zst@odoo.com>
2023-12-20 22:48:49 +00:00
Lara Martini (larm) 629a2852b6 [IMP] Inventory: updated for v16
closes odoo/documentation#7000

X-original-commit: 1c00f06816
Signed-off-by: Zachary Straub (zst) <zst@odoo.com>
2023-12-20 07:11:48 +00:00
Lara Martini (larm) 77c1f6ff95 [ADD] Payroll: adding new reporting doc
closes odoo/documentation#6994

X-original-commit: fcba53839f
Signed-off-by: Zachary Straub (zst) <zst@odoo.com>
2023-12-20 00:41:24 +00:00
Géry Debongnie 045fb847e8 [IMP] Rework the JavaScript tutorials
This commit rework the entire JavaScript tutorial series with the
following improvements:

-   Each chapter is now designed to be independent, allowing learners to
    follow any chapter without the necessity of completing previous ones.
-   Each chapter has been transformed into a standalone module, enabling
    learners to create small projects from scratch within each chapter.
-   The screenshots/text/code have been updated for Odoo 17.

Currently we have 5 chapters:
- Discover Chapter 1 - Owl Components: This chapter allows to learn the
  Owl framework in the `awesome_owl` module.
- Discover Chapter 2 - Build a dashboard: This chapter allows to grasp
  the basic of the web framework by building a dashboard in the
  `awesome_dashboard` module.
- Master Chapter 1 - Build a clicker game: This chapter allows to grasp
  the web framework by building a clicker game in the `awesome_clicker`
  module.
- Master Chapter 2 - Create a gallery view: This chapter allows to learn
  how to create a new view type. The new view is a gallery of records
  pictures. It can be done in the `awesome_gallery` module.
- Master Chapter 3 - Customize a kanban view: This chapter allows to
  learn to customize a kanban view by implementing a list of customer in
  the side of a kanban view. This can be done in the `awesome_kanban`
  module.

The chapter on creating and customizing fields is deleted for now and
will be completely rewritten in a near future.
The chapter on testing is deleted, how-to guides will be written to
cover this subject.

The solutions for all exercises has been done for v17, the goal by
merging the new tutorial is to have this new branch structure in
`odoo/tutorials`:
- 16.0
- 16.0-solutions
- 17.0
- 17.0-discover-js-framework-solutions
- 17.0-master-odoo-web-framework-solutions
-   master <-- default branch, starting point for all addons
-   master-discover-js-framework-solutions
-   master-master-odoo-web-framework-solutions

closes odoo/documentation#6980

Task-id: 3623595
X-original-commit: 3d4a275196
Signed-off-by: Géry Debongnie <ged@odoo.com>
Signed-off-by: Florent Dardenne (dafl) <dafl@odoo.com>
2023-12-20 00:41:24 +00:00
Felicious b963e4c7f9 [FIX] barcode: typo in example
closes odoo/documentation#6977

X-original-commit: 72f93a84ea
Signed-off-by: Zachary Straub (zst) <zst@odoo.com>
2023-12-19 20:23:46 +00:00
Julien Castiaux 3a3a224b17 [FIX] deploy: set Content-Security-Policy on static
The Content-Security-Policy[^1] http header was only set on the response
generated by controllers but it was missing from the `/<module>/static/`
route.

It is not strictly necessary to set that header on the responses comming
from that routes as it is not possible to add new static files or edit
existing ones via the interface (not even as admin). Only the developers
and system administrator can access those files.

It is also worth mentionning that using the Odoo internal web server to
deliver static files is suboptimal. Outside of a dev environment, those
files will typically be delivered via a web server[^2] and sysadmins
should configure their web server to set the CSP header on static images.

[^1]: https://developer.mozilla.org/en-US/docs/Web/HTTP/CSP
[^2]: https://www.odoo.com/documentation/master/administration/install/deploy.html#serving-static-files-and-attachments

closes odoo/documentation#6954

X-original-commit: f3f44fe5f2
Related: odoo/odoo#146592
Signed-off-by: Julien Castiaux (juc) <juc@odoo.com>
2023-12-18 20:07:53 +00:00
Julien Castiaux 86bd9fd91b [FIX] deploy: nginx forwarded-host with tcp port
Install nginx using the nginx configuration found in the documentation
and changes the `listen` port to 8080. Start Odoo in `--proxy-mode`.

    listen 8080;
    server_name mycompany.odoo.com;
    proxy_set_header X-Forwarded-Host $host;
    proxy_set_header X-Forwarded-For $proxy_add_x_forwarded_for;
    proxy_set_header X-Forwarded-Proto $scheme;
    proxy_set_header X-Real-IP $remote_addr;
    location / {
            proxy_pass http://127.0.0.1:8069;
    }

Inside your browser, access "http://mycompany.odoo.com:8080" you are
wrongly redirected to "http://mycompany.odoo.com:80".

Odoo uses the `X-Forwarded-Host` http header value to generate new URls,
in this configuration `$host` only contains the domain (=hostname using
the urllib terminology) instead of the domain+port (=netloc). The
variable that contains both the domain and the port is actually
`$http_host`.

closes odoo/documentation#6944

Closes: odoo/odoo#64643
X-original-commit: 09c42c5896
Signed-off-by: Antoine Vandevenne (anv) <anv@odoo.com>
Signed-off-by: Julien Castiaux (juc) <juc@odoo.com>
2023-12-18 20:07:52 +00:00
KC (ksc) 6935a84404 [IMP] sales: updated entire invoicing based on milestones doc
closes odoo/documentation#6968

X-original-commit: d615bc0f6d
Signed-off-by: Zachary Straub (zst) <zst@odoo.com>
2023-12-17 23:12:00 +00:00
KC (ksc) 31387885d6 [IMP] sales: updated Amazon Connector setup doc for 16
closes odoo/documentation#6962

X-original-commit: 5233e05676
Signed-off-by: Zachary Straub (zst) <zst@odoo.com>
Co-authored-by: dalaOdoo <dala@odoo.com>
Co-authored-by: Demesmaeker <edm@odoo.com>
Co-authored-by: meng-odoo <meng@odoo.com>
Co-authored-by: brse-odoo <brse@odoo.com>
Co-authored-by: StraubCreative <zst@odoo.com>
2023-12-16 23:10:41 +00:00
Brandon Seltenrich (BRSE) f8dce88995 [FIX] barcode: fix default delay number
closes odoo/documentation#6960

X-original-commit: 18aad6d5f2
Signed-off-by: Zachary Straub (zst) <zst@odoo.com>
2023-12-16 21:36:03 +00:00
masi-odoo 78d998f5fc [IMP] l10n_cl: Electronic Invoicing eCommerce and POS
Adding the new functionality for V17 which let's the end client to decide the electronic document to be generated for their eCommerce purchase.

Photo folder: https://drive.google.com/drive/folders/17zrIsuhZ2IAWX6X30IJ1HdFF0531gB3_

closes odoo/documentation#6938

X-original-commit: 74d5918ff3
Signed-off-by: Zachary Straub (zst) <zst@odoo.com>
2023-12-15 03:00:57 +00:00
Tom Aarab (toaa) 3ef14b8254 fw port
closes odoo/documentation#6916

X-original-commit: bf0ac2dffd
Signed-off-by: Tom Aarab (toaa) <toaa@odoo.com>
2023-12-14 14:56:36 +00:00
Lara Martini (larm) 6d219133e0 [ADD] Payroll: adding detailed payslips doc
closes odoo/documentation#6930

X-original-commit: 9486fe5b62
Signed-off-by: Zachary Straub (zst) <zst@odoo.com>
Co-authored-by: meng-odoo <101904966+meng-odoo@users.noreply.github.com>
Co-authored-by: ksc-odoo <ksc@odoo.com>
Co-authored-by: samueljlieber <sali@odoo.com>
Co-authored-by: StraubCreative <zst@odoo.com>
2023-12-14 03:02:21 +00:00
Sam Lieber (sali) 2a52e0979b [IMP] accounting/l10n_mx: additional context
closes odoo/documentation#6895

X-original-commit: 9e7518ff69
Signed-off-by: Zachary Straub (zst) <zst@odoo.com>
Signed-off-by: Samuel Lieber (sali) <sali@odoo.com>
Co-authored-by: feav-odoo <feav@odoo.com>
Co-authored-by: toaa-odoo <toaa@odoo.com>
Co-authored-by: larm-odoo <121518652+larm-odoo@users.noreply.github.com>
2023-12-13 23:56:18 +00:00
Maximilien (malb) f72e7a25e0 [FIX] accounting: cheat sheet reconcile
Before this commit, when doing the reconciliation of the table present in the
cheat sheet, the second reconciliation was wrong because the "Invoice 1" should
be reconciled with the twos partials payment. This Pr correct that by changing
the find parameter to target the partials also.

closes odoo/documentation#6903

Task: 3633468
X-original-commit: 053fb768e6
Signed-off-by: Antoine Vandevenne (anv) <anv@odoo.com>
Signed-off-by: Maximilien La Barre (malb) <malb@odoo.com>
2023-12-13 14:39:19 +00:00
KC (ksc) c21233db05 [ADD] sales: recommend Adobe software, as suggested by JCS
closes odoo/documentation#6884

X-original-commit: d0761052da
Signed-off-by: Zachary Straub (zst) <zst@odoo.com>
2023-12-11 21:55:50 +00:00
John Holton (hojo) 5d7abe69ac [REF] Inventory: Restructure Inventory scope
closes odoo/documentation#6883

X-original-commit: 59791c252b
Signed-off-by: Zachary Straub (zst) <zst@odoo.com>
2023-12-11 21:55:49 +00:00
KC (ksc) f18c11cb41 [IMP] sales: reinvoice expenses to customers
closes odoo/documentation#6826

X-original-commit: a4a9335dd1
Signed-off-by: Zachary Straub (zst) <zst@odoo.com>
2023-12-11 21:55:47 +00:00
Ken Geis 8c4cb060f0 [FW][FIX] developer/mixins: fix typo in XMLID
closes odoo/documentation#6875

Forward-port-of: odoo/documentation#6801
Signed-off-by: Antoine Vandevenne (anv) <anv@odoo.com>
2023-12-07 22:05:57 +00:00
KC (ksc) 07e7787668 [IMP] sales: updated down payment doc for 16
closes odoo/documentation#6872

X-original-commit: 9fc9c2f52d
Signed-off-by: Zachary Straub (zst) <zst@odoo.com>
2023-12-07 22:05:52 +00:00
KC (ksc) d4b8665fe2 [IMP] sales: updated optional_products for 16
closes odoo/documentation#6870

X-original-commit: 22d41dc2f3
Signed-off-by: Zachary Straub (zst) <zst@odoo.com>
2023-12-07 22:05:51 +00:00
KC (ksc) 3e7c00af02 [IMP] sales: updated returns doc for v16
closes odoo/documentation#6874

X-original-commit: 4e85ef01e8
Signed-off-by: Zachary Straub (zst) <zst@odoo.com>
2023-12-07 20:45:56 +00:00
KC (ksc) eff6545537 [IMP] sales: updated pro-forma invoice doc for 16
closes odoo/documentation#6873

X-original-commit: bbbb00e752
Signed-off-by: Zachary Straub (zst) <zst@odoo.com>
2023-12-07 20:45:55 +00:00
KC (ksc) 41cdeab0fa [IMP] sales: update get signature to validate for 16
closes odoo/documentation#6871

X-original-commit: e1bed7ee7c
Signed-off-by: Zachary Straub (zst) <zst@odoo.com>
2023-12-07 20:45:54 +00:00
KC (ksc) 630d4385f4 [IMP] sales: online signature confirmation doc
closes odoo/documentation#6869

X-original-commit: e6a6b9b453
Signed-off-by: Zachary Straub (zst) <zst@odoo.com>
2023-12-07 20:45:53 +00:00
KC (ksc) 30b173ff25 [IMP] sales: fully updated currencies doc
closes odoo/documentation#6868

X-original-commit: 039dba0780
Signed-off-by: Zachary Straub (zst) <zst@odoo.com>
2023-12-07 20:45:52 +00:00
KC (ksc) 620b50f9e2 [IMP] sales: updated time_materials for v16
closes odoo/documentation#6867

X-original-commit: 1e2a29338e
Signed-off-by: Zachary Straub (zst) <zst@odoo.com>
2023-12-07 20:45:51 +00:00
KC (ksc) 7612732f7f [IMP] subscriptions: products fix misleading info
closes odoo/documentation#6818

X-original-commit: ff2cabf621
Signed-off-by: Zachary Straub (zst) <zst@odoo.com>
2023-12-07 03:31:02 +00:00
Zachary Straub (ZST) f08db8544a [IMP] sales: update quote_template for 16
closes odoo/documentation#6804

X-original-commit: 675eaa8068
Signed-off-by: Zachary Straub (zst) <zst@odoo.com>
2023-12-07 03:31:01 +00:00
KC (ksc) de4795724b [IMP] sales: update orders and variants for 16
closes odoo/documentation#6810

X-original-commit: af7c7afa34
Signed-off-by: Zachary Straub (zst) <zst@odoo.com>
2023-12-07 02:23:40 +00:00
Julien Castiaux 556b5c4bc3 [FIX] administration/install: wkhtmltopdf 0.12.6
Official packages for wkhtmltopdf 0.12.5 are no more released since the
release of wkhtmltopdf 0.12.6 in 2020. Debian 10 "Buster" and Ubuntu
20.04 "Focal" were the last system for which 0.12.5 was built[^1].
Installing 0.12.5 on a Ubuntu 22.04 "Jammy" (using the Focal package)
fails for outdated dependencies.

Official packages for wkhtmltopdf 0.12.6 are published on another
repository[^2] than 0.12.5 used to, it includes packages for 0.12.6 for
both Debian 11 "Bullseye" and Ubuntu 22.04 "Jammy". Version 0.12.6.1-r3
is compatible out-of-the-box with Odoo and has been used by runbot to
test all 16.x, 17.x and master branches for the past month.

This work makes it official that [wkhtmltopdf 0.12.6.1-r3] must be used
for Odoo 16.0 and onward.

[^1]: https://github.com/wkhtmltopdf/wkhtmltopdf/releases/tag/0.12.5
[^2]: https://github.com/wkhtmltopdf/packaging/releases
[wkhtmltopdf 0.12.6.1-r3]: https://github.com/wkhtmltopdf/packaging/releases/tag/0.12.6.1-3

closes odoo/documentation#6800

X-original-commit: e5d77ee285
Signed-off-by: Julien Castiaux (juc) <juc@odoo.com>
2023-12-06 18:55:19 +00:00
“Chiara 0c162ecf18 [IMP] accounting: followup screenshot
taskid-3614885

closes odoo/documentation#6794

X-original-commit: 27a307cb0c
Signed-off-by: Chiara Prattico (chpr) <chpr@odoo.com>
2023-12-06 13:03:48 +00:00
Donatienne (dopi) 922f540fa6 [IMP] Website: Unsplash documentation updated
task-3498880

closes odoo/documentation#6770

X-original-commit: 88f546f2a9
Signed-off-by: Xavier Platteau (xpl) <xpl@odoo.com>
2023-12-06 09:46:53 +00:00
william-andre 1defbf7383 [FIX] install: do not create superuser for postgres
The preferred/safe way of running Odoo is with a standard user, with
only the right to create a database.
See https://github.com/odoo/odoo/commit/b6b73551dbbb3079f043920f21554b945fa4870e

closes odoo/documentation#6772

X-original-commit: df8114e591
Signed-off-by: Antoine Vandevenne (anv) <anv@odoo.com>
Signed-off-by: William André (wan) <wan@odoo.com>
2023-12-06 08:16:48 +00:00
Jess Rogers (jero) fd3f3ca5cf [IMP] crm: update plan activities
closes odoo/documentation#6777

X-original-commit: e4aee350b8
Signed-off-by: Samuel Lieber (sali) <sali@odoo.com>
Co-authored-by: Timothy Kukulka <91896312+tiku-odoo@users.noreply.github.com>
Co-authored-by: ksc-odoo <73958186+ksc-odoo@users.noreply.github.com>
Co-authored-by: Sam Lieber (sali) <36018073+samueljlieber@users.noreply.github.com>
Co-authored-by: Zachary Straub <zst@odoo.com>
2023-12-06 03:43:40 +00:00
Loredana Perazzo f10dcbdaf6 [IMP] pos: remove duplicate of set customer and update sections accordingly
task-3366190

closes odoo/documentation#6668

X-original-commit: 4118cb9bf9
Signed-off-by: Loredana Perazzo (lrpz) <lrpz@odoo.com>
2023-12-04 11:28:51 +00:00
Julien Castiaux 883442e483 [IMP] developer/reference/cli: --proxy-mode
Many customers struggle with their web server configuration, notably
regarding the `--proxy-mode` option and the way `X-Forwarded-*` HTTP
request headers are interpreted within Odoo.

The `--proxy-mode` section has been updated to cover the most common
misunderstandings and to give guidances on how to setup a web server.

Odoo always only takes the last entry of the `X-Forwarded-*` request
header because there are situations where it is not possible to
determine which last n-th entry to use. Employees might access their
odoo database via the internal network: connecting directly to nginx,
while customers might access the database via an additional proxy such
as cloudflare. The real IP of employees would be the last inside the
`X-Forwarded-For` chain, while the real IP of customers would be the
*second* last entry inside the chain. It would be incorrect to always
take the same nth last entry inside the chain. The cloudflare's own IP
address must be discarded from the chain. Web servers usually feature
a way to ignore trusted IP from the chain, a way so that the real IP
of the user is always the last entry inside the chain. Odoo relies on
such feature to be active and configured.

Prior discussions about `X-Forwarded-For`:
* odoo/odoo#104947
* odoo/odoo#118629
* odoo/odoo#139536

All `X-Forwarded-*` headers are ignored in case the `X-Forwarded-Host`
header is missing (even with `--proxy-mode`). System admin might be
tempted to not set this header and to set `Host` instead, this is
broken as this a user-agent would be able to spoof `X-Forwarded-Host`
and Odoo would use that instead of the correct `Host`.

Prior discussions about `X-Forwarded-Host`:
* odoo/odoo#63277
* odoo/odoo#70117

closes odoo/documentation#6744

X-original-commit: 3d91c57b57
Signed-off-by: Julien Castiaux (juc) <juc@odoo.com>
2023-12-03 08:26:12 +00:00
Tom Aarab (toaa) 41442270a3 [IMP] accounting: checks
Update screenshots for 16.4 and up. Forward to master.

taskid-3614814

closes odoo/documentation#6711

X-original-commit: 639a56fc5c
Signed-off-by: Xavier Platteau (xpl) <xpl@odoo.com>
Signed-off-by: Tom Aarab (toaa) <toaa@odoo.com>
2023-12-01 17:37:37 +00:00
Martin Trigaux 58d246b8f4 [I18N] *: export 17.0 translations
closes odoo/documentation#6730

X-original-commit: 8ba87a67ce
Signed-off-by: Martin Trigaux (mat) <mat@odoo.com>
2023-12-01 13:30:01 +00:00
Martin Trigaux eb0c42803d [FIX] applications: fix typo
X-original-commit: 1a44524ab5
Part-of: odoo/documentation#6730
2023-12-01 13:30:01 +00:00
Raphael Collet 2b8a578c9b [IMP] core: add SQL wrapper
This completes https://github.com/odoo/odoo/pull/134677.

closes odoo/documentation#6724

X-original-commit: 2662fa5437
Signed-off-by: Raphael Collet <rco@odoo.com>
2023-12-01 11:54:08 +00:00
Marion (masp) c27c6f8928 [FIX] Website: pages.rst menu bug
fixes bug introduced with https://github.com/odoo/documentation/pull/5307

closes odoo/documentation#6721

X-original-commit: 53cc4aacb5
Signed-off-by: Jonathan Castillo (jcs) <jcs@odoo.com>
2023-11-29 19:59:01 +00:00
“Audrey 0a2b5e76e1 [ADD] website: mail groups
task-2845181

closes odoo/documentation#6706

X-original-commit: 25bc655cfa
Signed-off-by: Xavier Platteau (xpl) <xpl@odoo.com>
Signed-off-by: Audrey Vandromme (auva) <auva@odoo.com>
2023-11-29 08:18:41 +00:00
John Holton (hojo) 37af135d31 [ADD] Quality: Take a Picture Check
closes odoo/documentation#6716

X-original-commit: 2e605c9ec8
Signed-off-by: Zachary Straub (zst) <zst@odoo.com>
2023-11-29 03:20:24 +00:00
Samuel Degueldre b093bdc871 [FIX] developer: remove confusing section about starting services
When writing the documentation page for standalone Owl apps, it was
originally required to create the env and start the services manually,
and then mount the application by giving it a bunch of configuration
parameters. During review, it was noted that this was error prone and
confusing, and as such a corresponding PR added a helper to mount the
application without needing to do much by hand. While the code was
adapted in the documentation that was merged, the text still referred to
starting the services and creating the environment which is no longer
necessary.

This commit removes references to those things, and because the
resulting section is very small and not very interesting it has been
merged into the previous section.

closes odoo/documentation#6692

X-original-commit: 8e3008f06a
Signed-off-by: Samuel Degueldre (sad) <sad@odoo.com>
2023-11-28 05:50:46 +00:00
Sam Lieber (sali) 392d99c2fb [IMP] accounting/l10n_co: additional context
closes odoo/documentation#6691

X-original-commit: 6045a60dd5
Signed-off-by: Zachary Straub (zst) <zst@odoo.com>
Signed-off-by: Samuel Lieber (sali) <sali@odoo.com>
Co-authored-by: dade-odoo <87431108+dade-odoo@users.noreply.github.com>
Co-authored-by: larm-odoo <121518652+larm-odoo@users.noreply.github.com>
2023-11-27 23:12:05 +00:00
Jess Rogers (jero) 38f66dd0f9 [IMP] crm: update manage lost opps
closes odoo/documentation#6682

X-original-commit: 21f0ad60f8
Signed-off-by: Zachary Straub (zst) <zst@odoo.com>
Co-authored-by: ksc-odoo <73958186+ksc-odoo@users.noreply.github.com>
Co-authored-by: brse-odoo <brse@odoo.com>
Co-authored-by: Sam Lieber (sali) <36018073+samueljlieber@users.noreply.github.com>
2023-11-27 20:57:49 +00:00
Marion (masp) 688285086b [IMP] Contributing: typo seealso admonition
closes odoo/documentation#6643

X-original-commit: 70d5a55909
Signed-off-by: Marion Spindler (masp) <masp@odoo.com>
2023-11-27 19:37:10 +00:00
Felicious 5264899901 [IMP] barcode: add zebra scanner section
add more figures

closes odoo/documentation#6603

X-original-commit: 56cda37610
Signed-off-by: Felicia Kuan (feku) <feku@odoo.com>
Signed-off-by: Zachary Straub (zst) <zst@odoo.com>
Co-authored-by: hojo-odoo <123424465+hojo-odoo@users.noreply.github.com>
Co-authored-by: ksc-odoo <73958186+ksc-odoo@users.noreply.github.com>
Co-authored-by: Zachary Straub <zst@odoo.com>
2023-11-27 19:37:09 +00:00
Donatienne (dopi) 70a99d8f87 [IMP] documents: new features
task-3433587

closes odoo/documentation#6673

X-original-commit: 2ba79f54a5
Signed-off-by: Xavier Platteau (xpl) <xpl@odoo.com>
2023-11-27 13:31:14 +00:00
Donatienne (dopi) d5f2bf3b8c [IMP] sign: update for 16.0
task-3433578

closes odoo/documentation#6662

X-original-commit: 71446b0668
Signed-off-by: Xavier Platteau (xpl) <xpl@odoo.com>
2023-11-27 12:09:16 +00:00
Xavier (XPL) 9be26ea17a [IMP] reporting: improve grammar and remove image centering
closes odoo/documentation#6654

X-original-commit: 3ead6e0f99
Signed-off-by: Xavier Platteau (xpl) <xpl@odoo.com>
2023-11-24 13:17:41 +00:00
“Chiara 48321d0e6b [IMP] accounting: branch management in main page
taskid-3609491

closes odoo/documentation#6648

X-original-commit: eafe834cf4
Signed-off-by: Xavier Platteau (xpl) <xpl@odoo.com>
2023-11-24 11:53:00 +00:00
“Chiara 8e548bf770 [IMP] accounting: peppol changes
taskid-3450738

closes odoo/documentation#6635

X-original-commit: 4728e6db23
Signed-off-by: Xavier Platteau (xpl) <xpl@odoo.com>
2023-11-24 03:35:01 +00:00
Claire Bretton (clbr) 6fd7446ad9 [FIX] getting_started: remove useless lambda
The lambda function here is useless and makes newdooers think
they need to use it everytime.
`default=fields.Date.add(fields.Date.today(), months=3))`
should do the trick, no lambda involved.

closes odoo/documentation#6632

X-original-commit: 620508fb29
Signed-off-by: Antoine Vandevenne (anv) <anv@odoo.com>
Signed-off-by: Claire Bretton (clbr) <clbr@odoo.com>
2023-11-24 03:35:00 +00:00
Claire Bretton (clbr) 0dd8974ca1 [FIX] getting_started: invalid addons-path
The "../technical-training-sandbox" is added too early in the path since
its still empty, and results into an "invalid addons-path" error.

X-original-commit: 8707609b38
Part-of: odoo/documentation#6632
2023-11-24 03:35:00 +00:00
Xavier (XPL) 4cad0e2f82 [IMP] outlook: remove note about multi-user sync spam
task-3575806

closes odoo/documentation#6626

X-original-commit: b4302e4023
Signed-off-by: Xavier Platteau (xpl) <xpl@odoo.com>
2023-11-24 03:34:59 +00:00
Xavier (XPL) 1a412b334a [FIX] accounting: update link to getting started video tutorial
task-3608613

closes odoo/documentation#6615

X-original-commit: c0653112a1
Signed-off-by: Xavier Platteau (xpl) <xpl@odoo.com>
2023-11-24 03:34:58 +00:00
Felicious e96721a308 [IMP] inventory: update delivery methods from 12 to 16
closes odoo/documentation#6604

X-original-commit: 4e2b634a50
Signed-off-by: Zachary Straub (zst) <zst@odoo.com>
Co-authored-by: hojo-odoo <123424465+hojo-odoo@users.noreply.github.com>
Co-authored-by: Zachary Straub <zst@odoo.com>
2023-11-24 03:34:56 +00:00
Felicious 829eb7b851 [ADD] inventory: cluster picking
closes odoo/documentation#6592

X-original-commit: 32900efbb9
Signed-off-by: Zachary Straub (zst) <zst@odoo.com>
Co-authored-by: hojo-odoo <123424465+hojo-odoo@users.noreply.github.com>
Co-authored-by: ksc-odoo <73958186+ksc-odoo@users.noreply.github.com>
Co-authored-by: meng-odoo <101904966+meng-odoo@users.noreply.github.com>
2023-11-24 03:34:55 +00:00
KC (ksc) d0af3f6bd1 [IMP] sales: updated deadline doc for 16
closes odoo/documentation#6585

X-original-commit: 75c24e7e88
Signed-off-by: Zachary Straub (zst) <zst@odoo.com>
2023-11-24 02:10:56 +00:00
John Holton (hojo) b2a37a0129 [ADD] Quality: Measure quality check
closes odoo/documentation#6579

X-original-commit: 78713f1637
Signed-off-by: Zachary Straub (zst) <zst@odoo.com>
2023-11-24 02:10:55 +00:00
Xavier (XPL) a7e8e9724a [IMP] paypal: add note about supported currencies
task-3608056

closes odoo/documentation#6572

X-original-commit: 5f1881a88a
Signed-off-by: Xavier Platteau (xpl) <xpl@odoo.com>
2023-11-24 02:10:49 +00:00
Xavier (XPL) a70258c823 [IMP] upgrade: add note on bank synch neutralization
task-3605690

closes odoo/documentation#6563

X-original-commit: dc48273e7e
Signed-off-by: Xavier Platteau (xpl) <xpl@odoo.com>
2023-11-23 16:22:49 +00:00
Samuel Degueldre 16e10c53db [IMP] developer: document how to create standalone owl apps
Since we've introduced Owl, developers want more and more to create
standalone Owl applications outside of the webclient. This commit
introduces a How-to for doing just that.

task-3580007

closes odoo/documentation#6553

X-original-commit: 1fc36ffa82
Related: odoo/odoo#143073
Signed-off-by: Samuel Degueldre (sad) <sad@odoo.com>
2023-11-22 15:52:49 +00:00
Jonathan Castillo (jcs) 4219829976 [IMP] sales: add link to OQT - PDF quote video
This commit adds a seealso section in the intro of the PDF quote builder
doc, with a link to the related Odoo Quick Tips video.

closes odoo/documentation#6554

X-original-commit: 386a3a9e10
Signed-off-by: Jonathan Castillo (jcs) <jcs@odoo.com>
2023-11-22 10:24:17 +00:00
Donatienne (dopi) c2190a438c [IMP] website: use plausible.io servers and account
This addition explains how to create and connect an existing plausible.io account in Odoo.

task-3540753

closes odoo/documentation#6546

X-original-commit: cd11937f43
Signed-off-by: Jonathan Castillo (jcs) <jcs@odoo.com>
2023-11-22 07:58:21 +00:00
John Holton (hojo) 5b44376e52 [ADD] Quality: Pass - Fail quality checks
closes odoo/documentation#6552

X-original-commit: 1a11e3c35c
Signed-off-by: Zachary Straub (zst) <zst@odoo.com>
2023-11-22 03:49:07 +00:00
Rémy Voet (ryv) 7067cf372a [FIX] performance: change example with the new _read_group
closes odoo/documentation#6540

X-original-commit: 01625aa661
Signed-off-by: Antoine Vandevenne (anv) <anv@odoo.com>
Signed-off-by: Rémy Voet (ryv) <ryv@odoo.com>
2023-11-21 19:58:05 +00:00
Jess Rogers (jero) ebbd736540 [REM] crm: google spreadsheet integration
closes odoo/documentation#6538

X-original-commit: a11fa7e5b2
Signed-off-by: Xavier Platteau (xpl) <xpl@odoo.com>
Signed-off-by: Jessica Rogers (jero) <jero@odoo.com>
2023-11-21 18:44:18 +00:00
Xavier (XPL) 4fe046b9d0 [FIX] payroll: add missing show-content metadata
Without the :show-content: metadata markup, it is not possible to open the
page by navigating from the toctree.

closes odoo/documentation#6535

X-original-commit: 16e339a7a3
Signed-off-by: Xavier Platteau (xpl) <xpl@odoo.com>
2023-11-21 18:44:12 +00:00
Mathieu (mano) 07c50eae7a [IMP] odoo_theme: toctrees-l1,l2 design improvement
Issue 1:
========
The toctrees in the documentation are visually inconsistent because of
the content. Sometimes we have titles that are also links and visually
collides with the rest of the toc making it hard to read. This applies
to toctree-l1 and toctree-l2.

Fix 1:
========
When we have a link and title toctree-l2 in a list containing other
nested toc, we apply another styling displaying it with the same color
as a title, but with an icon and hover behavior indicating that it is a
link. (This commit also changes the direction of the i-link icon to make
it standard).

Issue 2:
========
When we have only have toctree-l1 links without nested toc the toctree
is uselessly taking a lot of space.

Fix: 2
========

In these scenario we add a class to the toctree wrapper to replace the
toctree-l1 style with a toctree-l2.

task-3138525
task-3138563

part of

task-3059178

closes odoo/documentation#6512

X-original-commit: c62bf21987
Signed-off-by: Antoine Vandevenne (anv) <anv@odoo.com>
2023-11-21 12:58:53 +00:00
Rémi Rahir (rar) 671cca36a6 [FIX] dev/reference: Fix external reference
The tour utils were red and moved in Odoo (odoo/odoo#107618).

closes odoo/documentation#6521

X-original-commit: 9be2b43adb
Signed-off-by: Antoine Vandevenne (anv) <anv@odoo.com>
Signed-off-by: Rémi Rahir (rar) <rar@odoo.com>
2023-11-21 09:36:04 +00:00
Felicious 246450c957 [IMP] barcode: split docs + hone in on language
closes odoo/documentation#6520

X-original-commit: 9081e45aab
Signed-off-by: Zachary Straub (zst) <zst@odoo.com>
Co-authored-by: Sam Lieber (sali) <36018073+samueljlieber@users.noreply.github.com>
Co-authored-by: brse-odoo <brse@odoo.com>
Co-authored-by: Zachary Straub <zst@odoo.com>
2023-11-20 01:16:42 +00:00
oco-odoo cc37e41de0 [IMP] accounting: new tag selector for custom reports
https://github.com/odoo/enterprise/commit/0c0cf8ebc943a8dc2d9bdd952dc7b5c2dabbd60a
added a new way to select accounts in the account_codes engine. This
commit adds some explanation in the doc on how to use this new syntax.

closes odoo/documentation#6509

X-original-commit: 1a32165180
Signed-off-by: Jonathan Castillo (jcs) <jcs@odoo.com>
2023-11-20 01:16:38 +00:00
John Holton (hojo) 6cff316d86 [ADD] MRP: Three-step manufacturing
closes odoo/documentation#5163

closes odoo/documentation#6490

X-original-commit: 5689f7cf22
Signed-off-by: John Holton (hojo) <hojo@odoo.com>
Signed-off-by: Zachary Straub (zst) <zst@odoo.com>
2023-11-17 17:58:55 +00:00
tiku-odoo 03c9226547 [IMP] Productivity: Outlook Plugin edits
closes odoo/documentation#6484

X-original-commit: 71aabb2618
Signed-off-by: Timothy Kukulka (tiku) <tiku@odoo.com>
2023-11-16 05:19:10 +00:00
Felicious d87112ddef [IMP] inventory: expand on accounting and math
closes odoo/documentation#6483

X-original-commit: 9761eb44dc
Signed-off-by: Zachary Straub (zst) <zst@odoo.com>
Co-authored-by: toaa <104567387+toaa-odoo@users.noreply.github.com>
Co-authored-by: meng-odoo <101904966+meng-odoo@users.noreply.github.com>
2023-11-16 05:19:09 +00:00
John Holton (hojo) 6605ec1988 [ADD] MRP: One-step manufacturing
closes odoo/documentation#6470

X-original-commit: 9c0982371a
Signed-off-by: John Holton (hojo) <hojo@odoo.com>
Signed-off-by: Zachary Straub (zst) <zst@odoo.com>
2023-11-16 05:19:07 +00:00
Rémy Voet (ryv) d105f614af [IMP] orm: update changelog
closes odoo/documentation#6465

X-original-commit: f1960a250c
Signed-off-by: Rémy Voet (ryv) <ryv@odoo.com>
2023-11-15 12:35:34 +00:00
Yaroslav Soroko (yaso) 10f936247a [IMP] Pos: iot six module part added to the six doc
This PR adds the documentation for a new Pos IoT Six module which will
soon replace the old Six module.

task-3555605

closes odoo/documentation#6440

X-original-commit: bc98b8c491
Signed-off-by: Yaroslav Soroko (yaso) <yaso@odoo.com>
Co-authored-by: Yaroslav Soroko (yaso) <yaso@odoo.com>
Co-authored-by: Loredana Perazzo <lrpz@odoo.com>
2023-11-14 17:07:14 +00:00
John Holton (hojo) 6a198ad1ce [ADD] Quality: Instructions quality check
closes odoo/documentation#6454

X-original-commit: f0b895fdb2
Signed-off-by: Zachary Straub (zst) <zst@odoo.com>
2023-11-14 02:36:02 +00:00
Felicious 7dc0dc37d2 [IMP] inventory: fwport removal strategy
closes odoo/documentation#6450

X-original-commit: ba34f754ce
Signed-off-by: Zachary Straub (zst) <zst@odoo.com>
2023-11-14 02:36:01 +00:00
Sam Lieber (sali) 09e0b8affc [IMP] tests: make review UX and resource files
closes odoo/documentation#6434

X-original-commit: 25e204adcd
Signed-off-by: Antoine Vandevenne (anv) <anv@odoo.com>
Signed-off-by: Samuel Lieber (sali) <sali@odoo.com>
Co-authored-by: Antoine Vandevenne (anv) <anv@odoo.com>
2023-11-14 02:35:55 +00:00
John Holton (hojo) f3a6cc6779 [ADD] MRP: Two-step manufacturing
closes odoo/documentation#6402

X-original-commit: 0241c9dd05
Signed-off-by: Zachary Straub (zst) <zst@odoo.com>
2023-11-13 23:36:22 +00:00
John Holton (hojo) 36b20ff16c [ADD] Inventory: Use locations to manage inventory
closes odoo/documentation#6423

X-original-commit: 889e95037d
Signed-off-by: Zachary Straub (zst) <zst@odoo.com>
2023-11-11 18:47:03 +00:00
KC (ksc) 068020901c [IMP] sales: complete rewrite for pricing doc
closes odoo/documentation#6415

X-original-commit: a113d83fea
Signed-off-by: Zachary Straub (zst) <zst@odoo.com>
2023-11-11 03:32:55 +00:00
Loredana Perazzo 6da7dcccea [IMP] pos: add warning to not buy a terminal from amazon
closes odoo/documentation#6391

Taskid: 3284737
X-original-commit: f0495a9bc9
Signed-off-by: Xavier Platteau (xpl) <xpl@odoo.com>
2023-11-09 12:53:09 +00:00
Sam Lieber (sali) 48679b52e9 [FW][ADD] MRP: Shop Floor Overview
closes odoo/documentation#6381

X-original-commit: 17885d893e
Signed-off-by: Zachary Straub (zst) <zst@odoo.com>
Co-authored-by: hojo-odoo <hojo@odoo.com>
2023-11-09 04:38:41 +00:00
John Holton (hojo) f85a667236 [ADD] MRP: Work order dependencies
closes odoo/documentation#6380

X-original-commit: a1e7445ae3
Signed-off-by: Zachary Straub (zst) <zst@odoo.com>
2023-11-09 03:40:04 +00:00
Felicious 44f202cff9 [IMP] inventory: rewrite lead times, add images
closes odoo/documentation#6360

X-original-commit: 3d5badcc82
Signed-off-by: Zachary Straub (zst) <zst@odoo.com>
Co-authored-by: brse-odoo <brse@odoo.com>
Co-authored-by: ksc-odoo <73958186+ksc-odoo@users.noreply.github.com>
2023-11-09 01:54:18 +00:00
John Holton (hojo) 4b1b3db6f2 [ADD] Inventory: Add Scrap inventory
closes odoo/documentation#6375

X-original-commit: 0e6576cc3d
Signed-off-by: Zachary Straub (zst) <zst@odoo.com>
2023-11-09 00:35:02 +00:00
Martin Trigaux db2ee387a9 [I18N] *: export 17.0 translations
closes odoo/documentation#6361

X-original-commit: f13d8b52fc
Signed-off-by: Martin Trigaux (mat) <mat@odoo.com>
2023-11-08 12:17:46 +00:00
tiku-odoo f7cb830798 [ADD] IoT: OPC-UA Protocol
closes odoo/documentation#6351

X-original-commit: 4d2a3101ad
Signed-off-by: Zachary Straub (zst) <zst@odoo.com>
2023-11-08 10:00:45 +00:00
KC (ksc) 86bd83705d [IMP] sales: minor adjustment to dynamic text portion of PDF builder
closes odoo/documentation#6349

X-original-commit: 03cf50013a
Signed-off-by: Zachary Straub (zst) <zst@odoo.com>
2023-11-08 10:00:44 +00:00
John Holton (hojo) b4eaf1c223 [ADD] MRP: Add Split and merge manufacturing orders
closes odoo/documentation#6341

X-original-commit: 83873dbd71
Signed-off-by: Zachary Straub (zst) <zst@odoo.com>
2023-11-08 10:00:43 +00:00
Louis Baudoux 5ec7aff3c5 [IMP] iap: move from first-person to second-person writing
For some reason, the first-person was used throughout the IAP
documentation, and quite inconsistently.
As the rest of the documentation is using second-person writing, IAP
should be no exception.

closes odoo/documentation#6328

X-original-commit: df474342ba
Signed-off-by: Antoine Vandevenne (anv) <anv@odoo.com>
Signed-off-by: Louis Baudoux (lba) <lba@odoo.com>
2023-11-07 18:17:37 +00:00
Louis Baudoux 49ad6221a8 [IMP] iap: remove documentation related to IAP services creation
It has been decided to remove the possibility for our users to create
their own IAP services.
This decision was motivated by the fact that, in the 5 years of
existence of IAP, very few non-Odoo services have been created and
actively used by our customers.

X-original-commit: 282f041ed1
Part-of: odoo/documentation#6328
2023-11-07 18:17:37 +00:00
Nathan Marotte (nama) 32441c88fc [IMP] upgrade: overhaul upgrade doc
closes odoo/documentation#6321

X-original-commit: 41aebc3b05
Signed-off-by: Nathan Marotte (nama) <nama@odoo.com>
2023-11-07 17:10:24 +00:00
Antoine Vandevenne (anv) 89539f7379 [IMP] supported_versions: release 17.0
closes odoo/documentation#6314

X-original-commit: 2c805d9813
Signed-off-by: Antoine Vandevenne (anv) <anv@odoo.com>
2023-11-07 17:10:19 +00:00
Felicious 4d88c4ec20 [ADD] PLM: ECO approvals doc
closes odoo/documentation#6304

X-original-commit: 907e1ba854
Signed-off-by: Zachary Straub (zst) <zst@odoo.com>
Co-authored-by: hojo-odoo <123424465+hojo-odoo@users.noreply.github.com>
Co-authored-by: ksc-odoo <73958186+ksc-odoo@users.noreply.github.com>
Co-authored-by: Zachary Straub (zst) <zst@odoo.com>
2023-11-07 15:50:37 +00:00
Audric Onockx (auon) 66b08cd4fd [IMP] developer: add "widget" attr to cohort field tag
Related PR: https://github.com/odoo/enterprise/pull/46693

task-3475463

closes odoo/documentation#6284

Related: odoo/enterprise#46693
Signed-off-by: Antoine Vandevenne (anv) <anv@odoo.com>
2023-11-07 13:03:52 +00:00
KC (ksc) 4e6983c135 [ADD] sales: adding pdf quote builder doc for 16/17
closes odoo/documentation#6295

Author:    KC (ksc) <ksc@odoo.com>
Date:      Thu Oct 5 11:29:37 2023 -0700
X-original-commit: 4fdfda7ddb
Signed-off-by: Zachary Straub (zst) <zst@odoo.com>
Co-authored-by: meng-odoo <meng@odoo.com>
Co-authored-by: Felicious <feku@odoo.com>
Co-authored-by: Demesmaeker <edm@odoo.com>
Co-authored-by: dalaOdoo <dala@odoo.com>
Co-authored-by: StraubCreative <zst@odoo.com>
2023-11-04 13:03:21 +00:00
Felicious f53aca7b32 [ADD] PLM: version control
closes odoo/documentation#6294

Author:    Felicious <feku@odoo.com>
X-original-commit: 6a5c340a26
Signed-off-by: Zachary Straub (zst) <zst@odoo.com>
2023-11-04 11:57:54 +00:00
Louis Baudoux cdc510295c [IMP] extract_api: document the new API version
We have introduced a second version of the Extract API that adds the IAP
account token to the `get_result` and `validate` routes.

There are also other changes in this commit:
 - The deprecated stuff has been removed as it's been deprecated for a
   while and won't be supported anymore in the future.
 - The `status` table of the `get_result` route has been added as it was
   missing for some reason.
 - The documentation regarding the `/validate` routes have been removed
   for security reasons.

closes odoo/documentation#6283

X-original-commit: a8c6272899
Signed-off-by: Antoine Vandevenne (anv) <anv@odoo.com>
Signed-off-by: Louis Baudoux (lba) <lba@odoo.com>
2023-11-03 16:55:58 +00:00
Jess Rogers (jero) 86207443b1 [IMP] live chat: update ratings doc
closes odoo/documentation#6264

X-original-commit: 7a307320c3
Signed-off-by: Zachary Straub (zst) <zst@odoo.com>
Signed-off-by: Jessica Rogers (jero) <jero@odoo.com>
Co-authored-by: larm-odoo <121518652+larm-odoo@users.noreply.github.com>
2023-11-03 16:55:47 +00:00
Sam Lieber (sali) d25eecbe13 [IMP] l10n: Chile new features
closes odoo/documentation#6257

X-original-commit: eff8e9d915
Signed-off-by: Samuel Lieber (sali) <sali@odoo.com>
Co-authored-by: masi-odoo <masi@odoo.com>
Co-authored-by: StraubCreative <zst@odoo.com>
Co-authored-by: larm-odoo <121518652+larm-odoo@users.noreply.github.com>
Co-authored-by: Felicia Kuan <feku@odoo.com>
2023-11-03 15:12:14 +00:00
Felicious dd6bf8b6c7 [ADD] PLM: engineering change order
closes odoo/documentation#6273

X-original-commit: fc9bbb7d22
Signed-off-by: Felicia Kuan (feku) <feku@odoo.com>
Co-authored-by: hojo-odoo <123424465+hojo-odoo@users.noreply.github.com>
Co-authored-by: Sho Ketchum <96748231+odoo-shke@users.noreply.github.com>
Co-authored-by: ksc-odoo <73958186+ksc-odoo@users.noreply.github.com>
Co-authored-by: Zachary Straub <zst@odoo.com>
2023-11-02 21:33:18 +00:00
Rémy Voet (ryv) d53c676288 [FIX] developer: fix bad documentation of --unaccent
In the CLI, `--unaccent` try to enable PostgreSQL unaccent extention
when odoo is responsible to create new database(s).

closes odoo/documentation#6246

X-original-commit: 1639d22efd
Signed-off-by: Antoine Vandevenne (anv) <anv@odoo.com>
Signed-off-by: Rémy Voet (ryv) <ryv@odoo.com>
2023-10-31 08:06:49 +00:00
Martin Trigaux dbb82d83e2 [IMP] *: export translations
closes odoo/documentation#6249

X-original-commit: bb4210cdbd
Signed-off-by: Martin Trigaux (mat) <mat@odoo.com>
2023-10-30 08:53:41 +00:00
Tom Aarab (toaa) a8ef31f215 [IMP] accounting: reconciliation
Updated screenshots and typos for 16.3

Forward to 16.4:
- Change: Dashboard links are improved, and audit features can be found
  in the journal items view.

closes odoo/documentation#6234

X-original-commit: a31bcec3ba
Signed-off-by: Xavier Platteau (xpl) <xpl@odoo.com>
2023-10-27 13:42:50 +00:00
Tom Aarab (toaa) a3e1378919 [IMP] silverfin: API key
Added a note to make it clearer that for fiduciaries, a single API key
is valid for all databases linked to the user.

taskid-3570700

closes odoo/documentation#6231

X-original-commit: 323d3563c9
Signed-off-by: Xavier Platteau (xpl) <xpl@odoo.com>
Signed-off-by: Tom Aarab (toaa) <toaa@odoo.com>
2023-10-27 13:42:49 +00:00
Sven Fuehr 38532cb046 [ADD] finance/fiscal_localization: Austria (i.e. SAF-T export)
This commit adds the (currently missing) documentation for the
Austrian fiscal localization.

It i.e. includes information about the new SAF-T export for Austria.

closes odoo/documentation#5859

Related: odoo/odoo#135485
Related: odoo/enterprise#47405
Signed-off-by: Sven Führ (svfu) <svfu@odoo.com>
2023-10-26 12:10:13 +00:00
Martin Trigaux ff23483846 [FIX] developer: adapt markup documentation
On how to combine Markup and translations
Note that this does not work before 17.0

closes odoo/documentation#6189

Related: odoo/odoo#139316
Related: odoo/enterprise#49379
Signed-off-by: Martin Trigaux (mat) <mat@odoo.com>
2023-10-24 21:10:00 +00:00
Mathieu Duckerts-Antoine ae05fe478d [FIX] search panel: fix bad indentation
closes odoo/documentation#6204

X-original-commit: 82055c1f15
Signed-off-by: Antoine Vandevenne (anv) <anv@odoo.com>
2023-10-24 13:55:29 +00:00
lman-odoo 93dc1e87bd [FIX] Localization-Peru: duplicated words
closes odoo/documentation#6200

X-original-commit: 4abe6da354
Signed-off-by: Xavier Platteau (xpl) <xpl@odoo.com>
2023-10-24 07:14:47 +00:00
Lara Martini (larm) f56b59d952 [IMP] employees: making targeted edits for v15 and updating images
closes odoo/documentation#6187

X-original-commit: a819e91c7b
Signed-off-by: Samuel Lieber (sali) <sali@odoo.com>
2023-10-20 16:20:46 +00:00
tiku-odoo 35ed4e9f7b [IMP] Maintain/Productivity: Azure Name Change
closes odoo/documentation#6180

X-original-commit: b65dd60b25
Signed-off-by: Zachary Straub (zst) <zst@odoo.com>
2023-10-19 04:31:57 +00:00
lman-odoo d0fada27d6 [FIX] partner_autocomplete: fix a typo
closes odoo/documentation#6178

X-original-commit: e24e708a14
Signed-off-by: Zachary Straub (zst) <zst@odoo.com>
2023-10-19 04:31:56 +00:00
Lara Martini (larm) 664fc9db53 [ADD] payroll: adding new work entries doc
closes odoo/documentation#6147

X-original-commit: d349cf7bb1
Signed-off-by: Zachary Straub (zst) <zst@odoo.com>
2023-10-19 04:31:54 +00:00
“Audrey 99503b59ba [FIX] Studio: New button in Reports
closes odoo/documentation#6166

X-original-commit: f9db244a85
Signed-off-by: Audrey Vandromme (auva) <auva@odoo.com>
2023-10-18 16:52:04 +00:00
Loredana Perazzo 9d4333e29f [IMP] pos: update content of the pricelists page
task-3005170

closes odoo/documentation#6161

X-original-commit: 5086943de0
Signed-off-by: Xavier Platteau (xpl) <xpl@odoo.com>
Signed-off-by: Loredana Perazzo (lrpz) <lrpz@odoo.com>
2023-10-18 12:05:24 +00:00
Louis Baudoux 13fe8cb8cc [IMP] iap: document account deactivation
A new way to disable IAP accounts has been introduced recently.

This feature is mostly used in neutralization scripts to prevent
customers from accidentaly consuming their credits on their
staging/testing databases.

Documenting it will help users re-enable their accounts if they still
wish to use it in a testing environment.

closes odoo/documentation#6139

X-original-commit: fa604a95b0
Signed-off-by: Louis Baudoux (lba) <lba@odoo.com>
2023-10-17 08:53:17 +00:00
Lara Martini (larm) 9f04099859 [ADD] Recruitment: add new job position
Co-authored by: hojo-odoo <hojo@odoo.com>
Co-authored by: StraubCreative <zst@odoo.com>

closes odoo/documentation#6155

X-original-commit: 8e7fd152ac
Signed-off-by: Zachary Straub (zst) <zst@odoo.com>
2023-10-17 06:25:13 +00:00
Stan (stgu) cbcfb4b36f [IMP] howtos/translations: text & tips
Remove parenthesis around a term that's fairly straightforward to
understand and later used as a title Add a much-needed point.

closes odoo/documentation#6126

X-original-commit: 6f3ed657fc
Signed-off-by: Antoine Vandevenne (anv) <anv@odoo.com>
Signed-off-by: Stanislas Gueniffey (stgu) <stgu@odoo.com>
2023-10-17 01:48:10 +00:00
Xavier (XPL) c0abb05561 [IMP] l10n: clarify which BE FDM is supported
task-3552761

closes odoo/documentation#6131

X-original-commit: d2124b9e68
Signed-off-by: Xavier Platteau (xpl) <xpl@odoo.com>
2023-10-16 13:11:14 +00:00
Donatienne (dopi) 3c6ee6de79 [ADD] to-do: create main page
task-3193463

closes odoo/documentation#6119

X-original-commit: 1381f9d391
Signed-off-by: Xavier Platteau (xpl) <xpl@odoo.com>
2023-10-12 17:20:45 +00:00
Martin Trigaux 23d4f4b901 [IMP] administration: add instructions to enable HSTS
closes odoo/documentation#6086

X-original-commit: 6a2725e604
Signed-off-by: Martin Trigaux (mat) <mat@odoo.com>
2023-10-12 16:12:12 +00:00
Michael (mcm) 82fdeb62b5 [IMP] calendar view: update attributes
This commit renames the calendar attribute "quick_add" to "quick_create"
and adds the attribute "quick_create_view_id".

closes odoo/documentation#6105

Signed-off-by: Victor Feyens (vfe) <vfe@odoo.com>
2023-10-12 09:49:47 +00:00
Jolien 5e3df90dcb [FIX] SMS-MARKETING: Fix typo on SMS essentials page
closes odoo/documentation#6093

X-original-commit: 221464545f
Signed-off-by: Zachary Straub (zst) <zst@odoo.com>
2023-10-12 06:01:44 +00:00
Jolien d3f393c229 [FIX] EMAIL TEMPLATES: fix typo
closes odoo/documentation#6103

X-original-commit: a5272c2845
Signed-off-by: Zachary Straub (zst) <zst@odoo.com>
2023-10-12 01:17:50 +00:00
Jolien 11dc95e4a2 [FIX] events: fix some typos on Essentials page
closes odoo/documentation#6102

X-original-commit: ab05778363
Signed-off-by: Zachary Straub (zst) <zst@odoo.com>
2023-10-12 01:17:50 +00:00
Lara Martini (larm) c01a53557c [ADD] payroll: adding new contract doc
closes odoo/documentation#6113

X-original-commit: d1ce712814
Signed-off-by: Lara Martini (larm) <larm@odoo.com>
2023-10-11 18:03:36 +00:00
John Holton (hojo) 046c7726a0 [ADD] Manufacturing: Configure product for manufacturing
closes odoo/documentation#6058

X-original-commit: c254c6fa05
Signed-off-by: John Holton (hojo) <hojo@odoo.com>
Signed-off-by: Zachary Straub (zst) <zst@odoo.com>
2023-10-11 05:51:45 +00:00
Martin Trigaux 1e9f3ce240 [I18N] *: export translations
closes odoo/documentation#6081

X-original-commit: a2bbd060ed
Signed-off-by: Martin Trigaux (mat) <mat@odoo.com>
2023-10-10 09:42:18 +00:00
Loan (LSE) 7435b5ec7b [IMP] iot: esc-pos ESC * support documentation
Documentation regarding the fix:
https://github.com/odoo/odoo/pull/126689

opw-3351084,3341907

Authored by: lse-odoo <lse@odoo.com>
Co-authored by: tiku-odoo <tiku@odoo.com>
Co-authored by: Felicious <feku@odoo.com>
Co-authored by: jero-odoo <jero@odoo.com>

closes odoo/documentation#6065

X-original-commit: 974c59f0c7
Signed-off-by: StraubCreative <zst@odoo.com>
Signed-off-by: Zachary Straub (zst) <zst@odoo.com>
2023-10-07 19:13:53 +00:00
Christophe Monniez 4f531cf1f1 [IMP] install: bump minimal python version to 3.10
closes odoo/documentation#5940

Related: odoo/odoo#136904
Signed-off-by: Olivier Dony (odo) <odo@odoo.com>
2023-10-06 21:11:53 +00:00
John Holton (hojo) 5e1fa0c599 [ADD] Quality: Quality checks
closes odoo/documentation#5999

X-original-commit: 7a6c0a9247
Signed-off-by: John Holton (hojo) <hojo@odoo.com>
Signed-off-by: Zachary Straub (zst) <zst@odoo.com>
2023-10-06 19:59:45 +00:00
XPL 32aeb4ae18 [FIX] localization: kenya typo
closes odoo/documentation#6028

X-original-commit: f7c04b1e35
Signed-off-by: Xavier Platteau (xpl) <xpl@odoo.com>
2023-10-06 13:09:00 +00:00
jopa-odoo be0eb00c4b [FIX] helpdesk: remove type on receiving tickets page
closes odoo/documentation#6023

X-original-commit: 590fc79726
Signed-off-by: Xavier Platteau (xpl) <xpl@odoo.com>
2023-10-06 13:08:59 +00:00
bve-odoo 4fb64b841c [FIX] azure_oauth: configuration mail server Outlook.
Results of seeing a lot of wrong and missing configuration
on consultancy project for Outlook accounts.

The Multi outgoing mail server is harder to maintain than having
a unique mail server with an Odoo db correctly configured.

Insisting on the mail.default.from (ICP) and the From Filtering
parameters that NEEDS TO BE set up.

task-3512379

[FIX] Maintain: Azure_oauth: configuration mail server Outlook

Co-author-by: tiku-odoo <tiku@odoo.com>
Co-author-by: jqu-odoo <jqu@odoo.com>

Results of seeing a lot of wrong and missing configuration
on consultancy project for Outlook accounts.

The Multi outgoing mail server is harder to maintain than having
a unique mail server with an Odoo db correctly configured.

Insisting on the mail.default.from (ICP) and the From Filtering
parameters that NEEDS TO BE set up.

task-3512379

closes odoo/documentation#6036

X-original-commit: 41b9ba6383
Signed-off-by: Zachary Straub (zst) <zst@odoo.com>
2023-10-06 07:12:18 +00:00
Marianna cima 6a49983170 [FIX] marketing automation: correction of a typo in the description of an image
closes odoo/documentation#6022

X-original-commit: 38e00b7c45
Signed-off-by: Xavier Platteau (xpl) <xpl@odoo.com>
Signed-off-by: Zachary Straub (zst) <zst@odoo.com>
2023-10-06 07:12:10 +00:00
Larissa 4dbdb44235 [FIX] maintain/bugfix updates: fix typo
closes odoo/documentation#6013

X-original-commit: caf2e69d1f
Signed-off-by: Xavier Platteau (xpl) <xpl@odoo.com>
2023-10-06 06:14:11 +00:00
Louis Baudoux f74a99bdf1 [FIX] extract_api: remove bill_reference from expense fields
The bill reference is no longer detected since a few months because it
had poor results and wasn't very useful.

closes odoo/documentation#6012

X-original-commit: cade61dd56
Signed-off-by: Louis Baudoux (lba) <lba@odoo.com>
2023-10-06 06:14:10 +00:00
Louis Baudoux b5c77e129c [REM] extract_api: remove documentation of get_result_batch
For security reasons, we had to drop the support of those routes.

X-original-commit: 24c7b2506e
Part-of: odoo/documentation#6012
2023-10-06 06:14:10 +00:00
Anita (anko) bb82dd3ce8 [IMP] payment_providers: remove IPN section from PayPal
Removing IPN mentions from the documentation.

Community PR: https://github.com/odoo/odoo/pull/104974

closes odoo/documentation#5993

X-original-commit: 3db442acbb
Signed-off-by: Jonathan Castillo (jcs) <jcs@odoo.com>
2023-10-04 20:52:47 +00:00
Donatienne (dopi) e8febc9656 [IMP] accounting: bank reconciliation documentation updated
task-3237825

closes odoo/documentation#5983

X-original-commit: 1d14941e41
Signed-off-by: Xavier Platteau (xpl) <xpl@odoo.com>
Signed-off-by: Jonathan Castillo (jcs) <jcs@odoo.com>
Co-authored-by: Dallas Dean <dade@odoo.com>
2023-10-04 19:40:24 +00:00
tiku-odoo 928d3e44c6 [REM] Accounting: Scrub Taxcloud
closes odoo/documentation#5976

Signed-off-by: Zachary Straub (zst) <zst@odoo.com>
2023-10-04 19:40:21 +00:00
Felicious 33de4dc808 [IMP] inventory: update batch picking screenshots
closes odoo/documentation#5989

X-original-commit: 9b0f902c4e
Signed-off-by: Zachary Straub (zst) <zst@odoo.com>
Co-authored-by: brse-odoo <brse@odoo.com>
Co-authored-by: ksc-odoo <73958186+ksc-odoo@users.noreply.github.com>
2023-10-04 00:03:41 +00:00
Demesmaeker 85abcb2624 [IMP] quote_template: changes Quotation Builder to PDF Quote Builder
task-3249142

closes odoo/documentation#5863

Related: odoo/upgrade#5168
Related: odoo/odoo#133773
Signed-off-by: Victor Feyens (vfe) <vfe@odoo.com>
2023-10-03 19:19:55 +00:00
John Holton (hojo) 51a1623f69 [REF] Inventory and MRP: Update TOC tree
closes odoo/documentation#5961

X-original-commit: 7b67d69abd
Signed-off-by: Zachary Straub (zst) <zst@odoo.com>
2023-10-02 18:47:44 +00:00
tiku-odoo 175a138eac [IMP] Misc: Email Template 16
closes odoo/documentation#5966

X-original-commit: ca2feb8dd4
Signed-off-by: Zachary Straub (zst) <zst@odoo.com>
2023-10-02 15:38:13 +00:00
Tom Aarab (toaa) c086cf7ca8 [IMP] accounting: bank sync
Updated the section on dates

task-id:3519559

closes odoo/documentation#5956

X-original-commit: 65a2bbacf2
Signed-off-by: Xavier Platteau (xpl) <xpl@odoo.com>
Signed-off-by: Tom Aarab (toaa) <toaa@odoo.com>
2023-10-02 06:54:40 +00:00
John Holton (hojo) cbc4fea84c [ADD] MRP: Manufacturing backorders
closes odoo/documentation#5974

X-original-commit: cfc40f8cd1
Signed-off-by: John Holton (hojo) <hojo@odoo.com>
Signed-off-by: Zachary Straub (zst) <zst@odoo.com>
2023-10-01 05:34:44 +00:00
Loredana Perazzo d3e4c9f68b [IMP] POS: add info for iOS devices
task-3388561

closes odoo/documentation#5951

X-original-commit: 895d30cceb
Signed-off-by: Xavier Platteau (xpl) <xpl@odoo.com>
2023-09-29 13:11:57 +00:00
Julien Castiaux 90c86e6462 [IMP] deploy: reword multi-thread/process section
Many users don't start odoo-bin in --workers (multi-processing) mode but
instead leave the default configuration which use the development/demo
multi-threaded server, even in production.

This commit rewords the section about the difference between the
built-in servers and highlight the many advantages of the
multi-processing on. It repeats that information when it comes to
running a dedicated cron server, that it should use the multi-processing
server instead of the default multi-threading one.

closes odoo/documentation#5934

Fixes: odoo/odoo#88984
Closes: odoo/odoo#128571
X-original-commit: 8e9ae99423
Signed-off-by: Jonathan Castillo (jcs) <jcs@odoo.com>
Signed-off-by: Julien Castiaux (juc) <juc@odoo.com>
2023-09-28 01:51:26 +00:00
rps-odoo 9b94ffd27a [IMP] l10n: add video link for ecuador + fix other latam links
This commit:
- adds the link for the Ecuatorian localization app tour
- changes the other latam app tour links as the short links embedded the
  `es_ES` language string in the URL, which should be avoided

closes odoo/documentation#5929

X-original-commit: 923839f2cf
Signed-off-by: Jonathan Castillo (jcs) <jcs@odoo.com>
2023-09-28 01:51:22 +00:00
Brandon Seltenrich (BRSE) b20fe31b45 [IMP] inventory: update cycle counts
closes odoo/documentation#5924

X-original-commit: 06a225587b
Signed-off-by: Brandon Seltenrich (brse) <brse@odoo.com>
2023-09-27 18:56:18 +00:00
Jonathan Castillo (jcs) 8339c00773 [FIX] legal: broken links to the support page
task-3513581

closes odoo/documentation#5917

X-original-commit: 8253b6fdee
Signed-off-by: Olivier Dony (odo) <odo@odoo.com>
Signed-off-by: Jonathan Castillo (jcs) <jcs@odoo.com>
2023-09-26 05:57:40 +00:00
dispread 1a26e5ae52 [FW][FIX] developer/tutorials: wrong kanban view example
Pretty sure the previous wasnt the intended result as it would show the "this is new" in a new kanban card. This just groups it with the property it belongs to.

closes odoo/documentation#5907

Forward-port-of: odoo/documentation#5899
Signed-off-by: Victor Feyens (vfe) <vfe@odoo.com>
2023-09-25 13:09:11 +00:00
Antoine Vandevenne (anv) 13feb8018d [IMP] developer/reference/payment: add docstrings for payment_method
task-2882677

closes odoo/documentation#5717

Related: odoo/upgrade#5103
Related: odoo/odoo#120446
Related: odoo/enterprise#40666
Signed-off-by: Antoine Vandevenne (anv) <anv@odoo.com>
2023-09-22 13:32:51 +00:00
tong-odoo 78a4b3015c [IMP] accounting: update thailand localisations for PromptPay
Impacted Version:

- 17.0 and above

This commit improve below features:

- PromptPay QR code documentation

task-3506522

closes odoo/documentation#5862

Signed-off-by: Jonathan Castillo (jcs) <jcs@odoo.com>
2023-09-22 08:49:15 +00:00
tiku-odoo 36ffe3ba82 [ADD] productivity: whatsapp configuration doc
Dev PR https://github.com/odoo/enterprise/pull/45601#pullrequestreview-1608996613
Task [3495962](https://www.odoo.com/web#cids=3&model=project.task&view_type=form&id=3495962)

closes odoo/documentation#5890

X-original-commit: d4af79185e
Signed-off-by: Zachary Straub (zst) <zst@odoo.com>
Co-authored-by: larm-odoo <larm@odoo.com>
Co-authored-by: jero-odoo <jero@odoo.com>
Co-authored-by: StraubCreative <zst@odoo.com>
Co-authored-by: samueljlieber <sali@odoo.com>
Co-authored-by: fpodoo <fp@odoo.com>
2023-09-22 05:08:57 +00:00
Sam Lieber (sali) 1ac84b73b1 [IMP] l10n: CO content updates
closes odoo/documentation#5883

X-original-commit: 429e52bdf9
Signed-off-by: Zachary Straub (zst) <zst@odoo.com>
Signed-off-by: Samuel Lieber (sali) <sali@odoo.com>
2023-09-19 18:55:45 +00:00
tiku-odoo 975ef6511b [IMP] Discuss Team Comms Add Chatter Info
closes odoo/documentation#5819

X-original-commit: 21c4917a70
Signed-off-by: Timothy Kukulka (tiku) <tiku@odoo.com>
Signed-off-by: Zachary Straub (zst) <zst@odoo.com>
2023-09-16 17:42:39 +00:00
Sam Lieber (sali) e0e356dbb6 [IMP] accounting: l10n_mx content updates
closes odoo/documentation#5872

X-original-commit: 7e12726c32
Signed-off-by: Samuel Lieber (sali) <sali@odoo.com>
2023-09-15 19:14:29 +00:00
Martin Trigaux 2d8fc74e64 [I18N] *: export source terms
closes odoo/documentation#5858

X-original-commit: 896c251123
Signed-off-by: Martin Trigaux (mat) <mat@odoo.com>
2023-09-14 17:08:01 +00:00
Romeo Fragomeli 5d9f8c5a7d [IMP] developer reference: update act_url action doc
This commit, reword the doc about `ir.actions.act_url` and add also the
new `download` value for the `target`.

closes odoo/documentation#5822

Related: odoo/odoo#134436
Signed-off-by: Antoine Vandevenne (anv) <anv@odoo.com>
2023-09-13 15:34:35 +00:00
fdardenne b1ece27040 [IMP] Views howtos: add details on how to use a view in arch
closes odoo/documentation#5780

X-original-commit: c1c04f90a8
Signed-off-by: Florent Dardenne (dafl) <dafl@odoo.com>
2023-09-13 09:39:01 +00:00
Olivier Dony babd571b8b [ADD] legal: update terms of sales for monthly subs, add ES,DE
closes odoo/documentation#5851

X-original-commit: 76570c1e9d
Signed-off-by: Olivier Dony (odo) <odo@odoo.com>
2023-09-13 04:37:10 +00:00
Olivier Dony 68102b5ddf [ADD] Add LICENSE and COPYRIGHT
closes odoo/documentation#5850

X-original-commit: a8be832f47
Signed-off-by: Olivier Dony (odo) <odo@odoo.com>
2023-09-13 04:37:09 +00:00
Martin Trigaux bde909aa17 [IMP] install: clarify Windows is not recommended for prod
It has always been the case informally but write it in the doc.

closes odoo/documentation#5835

X-original-commit: 80e1065dff
Signed-off-by: Olivier Dony (odo) <odo@odoo.com>
2023-09-13 04:37:08 +00:00
Loredana Perazzo 2c0c08cd3e [IMP] l11n: Odoo 16 is now certified to use the blackbox
task-3495357

closes odoo/documentation#5811

X-original-commit: 87b4f1817e
Signed-off-by: Jonathan Castillo (jcs) <jcs@odoo.com>
2023-09-11 22:41:18 +00:00
Leloup Loïc (lole) f18162fe2a [IMP] cli: add unit to memory options
The documentation is unclear about the unit used for the --limit-memory-soft
and --limit-memory-hard options of odoo-bin.  The unit used is bytes, but
it isn't mentioned and the default unit is shown in mebibytes, causing
confusion.

closes odoo/documentation#5794

X-original-commit: 9fadc3355d
Signed-off-by: Antoine Vandevenne (anv) <anv@odoo.com>
2023-09-11 10:29:04 +00:00
Xavier Morel 2e595b52b4 [IMP] developer reference: update t-debug doc
The value of `t-debug` is now optional, and leaving it out means the
directive just invokes the `breakpoint` builtin, which was added in
3.7 and is configurable via an envvar or a hook callable.

closes odoo/documentation#5800

Related: odoo/odoo#134842
Signed-off-by: Antoine Vandevenne (anv) <anv@odoo.com>
2023-09-11 10:29:03 +00:00
KC (ksc) 38b50bb081 [IMP] sales: updated RST formatting for quote template doc
closes odoo/documentation#5799

X-original-commit: e689c98a05
Signed-off-by: Zachary Straub (zst) <zst@odoo.com>
2023-09-09 04:42:56 +00:00
“Audrey 6a777942cc [IMP] payment_provider/mercado pago: Add missing step for production credentials
task-3498727

closes odoo/documentation#5785

X-original-commit: fe7f72bf63
Signed-off-by: Antoine Vandevenne (anv) <anv@odoo.com>
2023-09-08 15:26:12 +00:00
“Audrey c677de3666 [IMP] website: Google Analytics
task-2790245

- Update existing Google Analytics doc for GA4
- Merge GA and Plausible into one Analytics page
- Review Plausible.io instructions to adopt same style as GA instructions

closes odoo/documentation#5768

X-original-commit: d538ed070e
Signed-off-by: Audrey Vandromme (auva) <auva@odoo.com>
2023-09-08 08:30:00 +00:00
Jonathan Castillo (jcs) ecb7b9257d [ADD] WhatsApp: basic description of the app
- adds basic content for Odoo WhatsApp app
- adds a redirect rule for non-existent links in the app
  see https://github.com/odoo/enterprise/pull/45601#pullrequestreview-1608996613

task-3425722

closes odoo/documentation#5730

X-original-commit: bf1c08c447
Related: odoo/enterprise#46942
Related: odoo/odoo#134377
Signed-off-by: Thibault Delavallee (tde) <tde@openerp.com>
2023-09-07 11:46:08 +00:00
Sam Lieber (sali) 85c6389e08 [IMP] accounting/l10n: add tour and smartclass links
closes odoo/documentation#5758

X-original-commit: 88c2aacbf5
Signed-off-by: Zachary Straub (zst) <zst@odoo.com>
2023-09-06 18:25:43 +00:00
baro-odoo 21d6283682 [FIX] odoo.sh: typo in branches.rst
closes odoo/documentation#5753

X-original-commit: cbbd5a5ee9
Signed-off-by: Jonathan Castillo (jcs) <jcs@odoo.com>
2023-09-06 16:19:53 +00:00
Xavier (XPL) dde981c685 [IMP] maintain: refresh the change hosting solution page
This PR updates the page's content as it is a bit dated in some places
(see task) and takes into consideration the latest rst guidelines.

task-3434787

closes odoo/documentation#5745

X-original-commit: 8e41b58834
Signed-off-by: Xavier Platteau (xpl) <xpl@odoo.com>
2023-09-06 14:42:22 +00:00
Tom Aarab (toaa) d6e2f157f7 [ADD] website: menus page
taskid-3414667

closes odoo/documentation#5737

X-original-commit: 0433155eab
Signed-off-by: Audrey Vandromme (auva) <auva@odoo.com>
Co-authored-by: Toaa <toaa@odoo.com>
Co-authored-by: Auva <auva@odoo.com>
2023-09-06 13:25:39 +00:00
Augusto Perez d3625e5c84 [ADD] upgrade/on_premise: Add filestore explanation
Added a note explaining that the filestores from the upgraded database
and the production database have to be merged for on-premise upgrade,
on both the testing and the production phases

closes odoo/documentation#5729

X-original-commit: 28cacd3b98
Signed-off-by: Xavier Platteau (xpl) <xpl@odoo.com>
2023-09-06 05:53:47 +00:00
Tom Aarab (toaa) d04cba1952 [FIX] Stripe: screenshot update
Updated an outdated screenshot from V14 to V15

Forward to master.

taskid-3467638

closes odoo/documentation#5720

X-original-commit: 3324366190
Signed-off-by: Tom Aarab (toaa) <toaa@odoo.com>
Signed-off-by: Xavier Platteau (xpl) <xpl@odoo.com>
2023-09-05 14:44:12 +00:00
Odoo's Mergebot 1c072f0ac2 [FW][FIX] developer/tutorials/discover_js_framework: fix broken "domain.js" link
The link pointing to domain.js file was broken.
The xml id on the line before that is also broken but it will be fixed with PR#5699.

closes odoo/documentation#5709

Forward-port-of: odoo/documentation#5702
Signed-off-by: Antoine Vandevenne (anv) <anv@odoo.com>
Co-authored-by: Armin FalDiS <armin.fallah96@gmail.com>
Co-authored-by: Armin FalDiS <fara@odoo.com>
2023-09-04 09:19:17 +00:00
Nur Muhammad Naufaldo f14f829caf [FIX] inventory: fix typo
closes odoo/documentation#5686

X-original-commit: cae0edcc83
Signed-off-by: Zachary Straub (zst) <zst@odoo.com>
2023-09-04 04:41:45 +00:00
Zachary Straub (ZST) 5ce59fd84b [FIX] voip: update broken links, light markup cleaning
closes odoo/documentation#5697

X-original-commit: 2fff805029
Signed-off-by: Zachary Straub (zst) <zst@odoo.com>
2023-08-31 06:16:06 +00:00
Andrea Tasselli 2f9645c1a6 [FW][FIX] developer/tutorials/discover_js_framework: add missing this
closes odoo/documentation#5687

Forward-port-of: odoo/documentation#5677
Signed-off-by: Antoine Vandevenne (anv) <anv@odoo.com>
2023-08-31 06:16:02 +00:00
Donatienne Pirlot ac834e3919 [ADD] forum: create the forum documentation
This PR adds a page describing how to create, use and moderate a forum.
It creates references in the elearning page as karma features are shared.
It removes redundant information from the helpdesk/overview/help_center
page and links back to the more detailed forum page.

task-3283274

closes odoo/documentation#5676

X-original-commit: c60ec48c9d
Signed-off-by: Xavier Platteau (xpl) <xpl@odoo.com>
2023-08-29 14:09:49 +00:00
Pierre Rousseau be064dff98 [IMP] list: add open_form_view to list attributes
Task-id 3063425

closes odoo/documentation#5671

Signed-off-by: Victor Feyens (vfe) <vfe@odoo.com>
2023-08-29 11:10:54 +00:00
arsi a57cabaa9f [FIX] localizations: guide to tax report to re-connect to HMRC
In the multi-company HMRC submission section, the documentation mentions
that you can connect to HMRC from the user form, after having reset the
credentials.
This is not true, you have to go back to the tax report and click the
"Connect to HMRC" button.

opw-3449939

closes odoo/documentation#5670

X-original-commit: 39c0515208
Signed-off-by: Xavier Platteau (xpl) <xpl@odoo.com>
Signed-off-by: Arnaud Sibille (arsi) <arsi@odoo.com>
2023-08-29 07:48:14 +00:00
Tom Aarab (toaa) f3c364225c [FIX] PayPal: documentation dead link fix
Fixed a dead URL

taskid-3454286

closes odoo/documentation#5619

X-original-commit: f74e9568c0
Signed-off-by: Xavier Platteau (xpl) <xpl@odoo.com>
Signed-off-by: Tom Aarab (toaa) <toaa@odoo.com>
2023-08-28 11:24:38 +00:00
“Audrey 727d749f0c [IMP] payment_providers/buckaroo: review doc page structure and fix small mistake
task-3382228

closes odoo/documentation#5651

X-original-commit: 4a42a9c327
Signed-off-by: Audrey Vandromme (auva) <auva@odoo.com>
2023-08-28 09:34:02 +00:00
KC (ksc) 16092f080b [IMP] fixed duplicate content in the Group By section
closes odoo/documentation#5661

X-original-commit: 575f6040a0
Signed-off-by: Zachary Straub (zst) <zst@odoo.com>
2023-08-26 01:00:06 +02:00
“tap-odoo”~ 2495478757 [ADD] Thailand localisation Documentation
- Added Thailand localisation documentation as it not exist before.
Features were pushed to Odoo 16 already

closes odoo/documentation#5642

X-original-commit: 0151054619
Signed-off-by: Xavier Platteau (xpl) <xpl@odoo.com>
2023-08-25 13:59:10 +02:00
“Audrey 867f6afd9d [FIX] ecommerce: broken link to cross-selling and upselling doc
task-3416686

closes odoo/documentation#5624

X-original-commit: b9cb5ffa1c
Signed-off-by: Xavier Platteau (xpl) <xpl@odoo.com>
2023-08-25 10:59:43 +02:00
tiku-odoo 4e394b77fb [IMP] Discuss Team Communication edits
closes odoo/documentation#5639

X-original-commit: b6a3be322c
Signed-off-by: Zachary Straub (zst) <zst@odoo.com>
2023-08-25 06:15:50 +02:00
Brandon Seltenrich (BRSE) 05349c6a0b [FIX] mrp: fix kits note
closes odoo/documentation#5631

X-original-commit: a02022e2fd
Signed-off-by: Samuel Lieber (sali) <sali@odoo.com>
Signed-off-by: Brandon Seltenrich (brse) <brse@odoo.com>
2023-08-24 23:40:17 +02:00
Antoine (anso) d978b07184 [FIX] odoo_theme: fix logo colors
Before this commit, the Odoo logos used in the documentation were
using the old purple color.

This commit updates all these old logos with the latest version that
can be found on the Odoo brand-asset page

https://www.odoo.com/page/brand-assets

task-3328677

closes odoo/documentation#5604

X-original-commit: 4bec9a6e09
Signed-off-by: Antoine Vandevenne (anv) <anv@odoo.com>
2023-08-24 20:58:55 +02:00
Loredana Perazzo d2d1da3312 [FIX] pos: typo in note (stripe)
task-3472802

closes odoo/documentation#5589

X-original-commit: ac53c6f12e
Signed-off-by: Jonathan Castillo (jcs) <jcs@odoo.com>
2023-08-23 18:55:26 +02:00
Jonathan Castillo (jcs) 0c882df05f [REM] support: what_can_i_expect
This page used to be hosted as an "orphan" page in the documentation
repository. It now is displayed on the support form page at
www.odoo.com/help making this page redundant. This commit deletes that
page and a redirection pointing to the support form has been set.

task-3027584

closes odoo/documentation#5582

X-original-commit: fd2c0b8010
Signed-off-by: Jonathan Castillo (jcs) <jcs@odoo.com>
2023-08-23 14:44:14 +02:00
Erwin Zoer 21d9fcbdca Update stock_warehouses.rst
closes odoo/documentation#5565

Spelling: whe > the on line 168
X-original-commit: 7eb22a3737
Signed-off-by: Zachary Straub (zst) <zst@odoo.com>
2023-08-22 02:44:31 +02:00
Felicious 3446234270 [ADD] barcode: GS1 nomenclature
closes odoo/documentation#5572

X-original-commit: 3b2c2376c0
Signed-off-by: Zachary Straub (zst) <zst@odoo.com>
Signed-off-by: Felicia Kuan (feku) <feku@odoo.com>
Co-authored-by: meng-odoo <101904966+meng-odoo@users.noreply.github.com>
Co-authored-by: Sam Lieber (sali) <36018073+samueljlieber@users.noreply.github.com>
2023-08-22 01:17:20 +02:00
Antoine Dupuis (andu) 0642f0601f [ADD] l10n_ro_saft: Romanian D.406 monthly/quarterly declaration doc
Since January 1, 2023, Romanian businesses are required to report their
accounting data on a monthly/quarterly basis, in the D.406 declaration.

This is an XML following the SAF-T 2.0 standard, with Romanian-specific
customizations. The new module l10n_ro_saft lets you generate this
declaration from the General Ledger report.

Here's some documentation about how to use this new module! Yay!

closes odoo/documentation#5532

Task-id: 3172198
X-original-commit: 42ef43f8c4
Related: odoo/enterprise#45939
Related: odoo/odoo#132269
Signed-off-by: Antoine Dupuis (andu) <andu@odoo.com>
2023-08-21 19:57:06 +02:00
Xavier (XPL) 692fe78bd1 [FIX] install: fix reference and redirect
closes odoo/documentation#5552

X-original-commit: 2b9ffdb240
Signed-off-by: Xavier Platteau (xpl) <xpl@odoo.com>
2023-08-19 21:05:40 +02:00
Antoine Vandevenne (anv) a5d10930d6 [REM] payment_providers: remove mentions of extra fees
task-3358581

closes odoo/documentation#5517

Related: odoo/odoo#132104
Related: odoo/upgrade#5053
Signed-off-by: Antoine Vandevenne (anv) <anv@odoo.com>
2023-08-19 09:07:03 +02:00
Xavier (XPL) ea53f06197 [REF] install: move intro to main install page and split by install type
This PR moves the introduction about the different installation methods and editions found on the
install/install.rst page directly under the main install/ page. It creates three pages, one per
installation method documented on the install/install.rst page (Docker being documented on
docker.com and maintained by us), and moves the related content there. In addition, it fixes various
typos/grammar issues and improves the content according to the documentation guidelines. Various
references and links across the documentation had to be fixed accordingly.

task-3459070

closes odoo/documentation#5543

X-original-commit: 91c28fd433
Signed-off-by: Xavier Platteau (xpl) <xpl@odoo.com>
2023-08-19 07:58:45 +02:00
Martin Trigaux 3953d827a3 [I18N] *: export translations
closes odoo/documentation#5536

X-original-commit: b27ca9b36a
Signed-off-by: Martin Trigaux (mat) <mat@odoo.com>
2023-08-18 12:18:11 +02:00
Gorash 83c2012f95 [IMP] reference: rewrite and move views documentation to user_interface/
The documentation of the views is redone in order to be up to date and
has allowed a better visualization of the task on the modifiers.

task-2495504

closes odoo/documentation#3523

Related: odoo/odoo#104741
Related: odoo/enterprise#35255
Related: odoo/upgrade#4884
Signed-off-by: Julien Castiaux (juc) <juc@odoo.com>
2023-08-18 09:49:36 +02:00
KC (ksc) 58b82b93d5 [IMP] sales: updated different addresses doc for RST
closes odoo/documentation#5531

X-original-commit: e4ebe9f277
Signed-off-by: Samuel Lieber (sali) <sali@odoo.com>
Signed-off-by: Zachary Straub (zst) <zst@odoo.com>
2023-08-18 02:06:54 +02:00
Antoine Vandevenne (anv) 0e97376921 [FIX] tutorials/getting_started: fix typos in example model name
Commit f36c612d13 changed the model name
in Chapter 4 without updating the other occurences.

closes odoo/documentation#5516

X-original-commit: b6f923d111
Signed-off-by: Antoine Vandevenne (anv) <anv@odoo.com>
2023-08-17 18:43:18 +02:00
ksc-odoo ccc9bc4bc5 [IMP] Sales - Update optional_products.rst
closes odoo/documentation#5423

X-original-commit: 4d95afe86c
Signed-off-by: Kevin Scannell (ksc) <ksc@odoo.com>
Signed-off-by: Zachary Straub (zst) <zst@odoo.com>
2023-08-16 23:47:39 +02:00
Jonathan d2f8292f44 [IMP] email com: update daily limit
The current default daily limit for one-app free
is 20 mails only. This commit updates the value.

closes odoo/documentation#5515

X-original-commit: c0ca09cdde
Signed-off-by: Jonathan Castillo (jcs) <jcs@odoo.com>
2023-08-16 19:05:07 +02:00
Sam Lieber (sali) f4e72f3254 [ADD] accounting: l10n_br avalara implementation
closes odoo/documentation#5465

X-original-commit: 4081ec3f17
Signed-off-by: Xavier Platteau (xpl) <xpl@odoo.com>
Signed-off-by: Samuel Lieber (sali) <sali@odoo.com>
2023-08-16 10:24:26 +02:00
masi-odoo 93fa7d70e1 [IMP] accounting/loca: AR add check management section
closes odoo/documentation#5494

X-original-commit: 98d0d59188
Signed-off-by: Samuel Lieber (sali) <sali@odoo.com>
2023-08-14 19:29:02 +02:00
Sam Lieber (sali) 327b7ce0cb [REF] l10n: PoC doc restructure for CO
closes odoo/documentation#5480

X-original-commit: e52d8f172f
Signed-off-by: Jonathan Castillo (jcs) <jcs@odoo.com>
2023-08-12 08:39:59 +02:00
imanie383 f4e7830a92 [FW][FIX] reference/owl_components: fix typo
Making edits for Owl Components Doc : [Link](https://www.odoo.com/documentation/16.0/developer/reference/frontend/owl_components.html#example-multi-level-dropdown-nested)

![image](https://github.com/odoo/documentation/assets/35231827/b2dd4b87-941c-4241-b0f5-e91ca69b3633)

closes odoo/documentation#5475

Forward-port-of: odoo/documentation#5459
Signed-off-by: Antoine Vandevenne (anv) <anv@odoo.com>
2023-08-11 22:50:14 +02:00
Samuel Degueldre eb63fd7629 [IMP] remove references to owl template tagging
In odoo/odoo#130467 the necessity to tag owl templates with an owl="1"
attribute has been removed, update the docs to reflect that.

closes odoo/documentation#5460

Signed-off-by: Victor Feyens (vfe) <vfe@odoo.com>
2023-08-11 19:34:53 +02:00
Lara Martini (larm) 532f9d1af5 [IMP] Inventory: updating second person and images, add clarity
feku-review-add-headings-and-extra-reference

closes odoo/documentation#5455

X-original-commit: 6cb2ed8abc
Signed-off-by: Felicia Kuan (feku) <feku@odoo.com>
Co-authored-by: ksc-odoo <73958186+ksc-odoo@users.noreply.github.com>
Co-authored-by: Sam Lieber (sali) <36018073+samueljlieber@users.noreply.github.com>
Co-authored-by: Zachary Straub <zst@odoo.com>
2023-08-10 10:39:34 +02:00
tiku-odoo 7fbc4a2928 [IMP] Misc Oauth Azure Clarification
closes odoo/documentation#5447

X-original-commit: b41d69ae82
Signed-off-by: Zachary Straub (zst) <zst@odoo.com>
2023-08-10 10:39:26 +02:00
Victor Feyens b9c7cd2ee8 [ADD] tests: image compression and resource file name checkers
task-2801043

closes odoo/documentation#4870

closes odoo/documentation#5436

X-original-commit: fa90e27c4e
Signed-off-by: Antoine Vandevenne (anv) <anv@odoo.com>
Co-authored-by: Antoine Vandevenne (anv) <anv@odoo.com>
2023-08-10 10:39:09 +02:00
Lara Martini (larm) 744b1cdfd2 [MOV] Payroll: moved configuration doc to main payroll so there is less clicking for users
closes odoo/documentation#5433

X-original-commit: 4fd1f56b33
Signed-off-by: Lara Martini (larm) <larm@odoo.com>
2023-08-10 07:19:03 +02:00
Brandon Seltenrich (BRSE) c24f32c770 [IMP] inventory: update inventory adjustments
closes odoo/documentation#5422

X-original-commit: 3da457a501
Signed-off-by: Brandon Seltenrich (brse) <brse@odoo.com>
2023-08-10 02:39:52 +02:00
John Holton (hojo) 9b9587b882 [ADD] MRP: Add Scrap during manufacturing
closes odoo/documentation#5382

X-original-commit: 72ba26414b
Signed-off-by: John Holton (hojo) <hojo@odoo.com>
Signed-off-by: Zachary Straub (zst) <zst@odoo.com>
2023-08-10 02:39:48 +02:00
Sam Lieber (sali) 58b538c2b1 [IMP] marketing: RST upgrades for metrics doc
closes odoo/documentation#5406

X-original-commit: 6f02a0af04
Signed-off-by: Zachary Straub (zst) <zst@odoo.com>
Signed-off-by: Kevin Scannell (ksc) <ksc@odoo.com>
2023-08-09 04:23:16 +02:00
ksc-odoo 6731fb0320 [IMP] Sales - updated Deadline.rst (v14)
closes odoo/documentation#5405

X-original-commit: 5f2725160d
Signed-off-by: Zachary Straub (zst) <zst@odoo.com>
Signed-off-by: Kevin Scannell (ksc) <ksc@odoo.com>
2023-08-09 04:23:12 +02:00
Sam Lieber (sali) 35b7b811bd [ADD] email marketing: essentials, mailing lists, unsubscriptions
closes odoo/documentation#5390

X-original-commit: 56a291831a
Signed-off-by: Zachary Straub (zst) <zst@odoo.com>
2023-08-09 04:23:08 +02:00
Xavier (XPL) 89868401ac [IMP] sales: correct amazon invoicing and payment registration info
task-2203035

closes odoo/documentation#5381

X-original-commit: bd50b39abf
Signed-off-by: Xavier Platteau (xpl) <xpl@odoo.com>
2023-08-09 04:23:01 +02:00
Sam Lieber (sali) e70cec1c05 [IMP] test/rst_style, Makefile: add optional review checkers
task-2801043

closes odoo/documentation#5358

X-original-commit: 8eec0e7634
Signed-off-by: Antoine Vandevenne (anv) <anv@odoo.com>
2023-08-09 03:08:11 +02:00
KC (ksc) 7aa3301314 [IMP] sales: invoicing policy doc for RST reasons
closes odoo/documentation#5346

X-original-commit: acc2c7994a
Signed-off-by: Kevin Scannell (ksc) <ksc@odoo.com>
2023-08-07 22:26:08 +02:00
Xavier (XPL) d0b913de03 [IMP] maintain: change info about domain names approval time
Original commit: 4fd1b73013
Original PR: https://github.com/odoo/documentation/pull/5272

closes odoo/documentation#5340

X-original-commit: 45a2d970b7
Signed-off-by: Xavier Platteau (xpl) <xpl@odoo.com>
2023-08-07 20:59:09 +02:00
“ralo-odoo” c9ab125c7a [ADD] localization: philippines-l10n_ph
Adding Philippines localization documentation from PR #5179

closes odoo/documentation#5332

X-original-commit: 465e7e70c4
Signed-off-by: Dallas Dean (dade) <dade@odoo.com>
2023-08-07 19:58:26 +02:00
Antoine Vandevenne (anv) fa4cfcd042 [IMP] supported_versions: release saas-16.4
This commit also moves all versions from 8.0 to 12.0 from the table to
the "older versions" section.

closes odoo/documentation#5327

X-original-commit: 6225ef9e32
Signed-off-by: Antoine Vandevenne (anv) <anv@odoo.com>
2023-08-07 19:58:22 +02:00
Jonathan 1a6b8a4132 [FIX] iot: broken link in troubleshooting.rst
closes odoo/documentation#5319

X-original-commit: 020200abbe
Signed-off-by: Jonathan Castillo (jcs) <jcs@odoo.com>
2023-08-07 19:58:11 +02:00
Tom Aarab (toaa) 0f3024cc69 [IMP] website: "pages" page
Adding a documentation on "pages" within the already existing "page"
toctree

task-3383323

closes odoo/documentation#5309

X-original-commit: e40b568cc5
Signed-off-by: Xavier Platteau (xpl) <xpl@odoo.com>
Co-authored-by: Toaa <toaa@odoo.com>
Co-authored-by: Auva <auva@odoo.com>
2023-08-07 18:37:36 +02:00
KC (ksc) 133b350a30 [IMP] sales: updated get siganture for validation doc for RST formatting
closes odoo/documentation#5303

X-original-commit: 6c38992016
Signed-off-by: Zachary Straub (zst) <zst@odoo.com>
2023-08-06 20:27:12 +02:00
Lara Martini (larm) 88f7a66f4d [ADD] Payroll: adding new configuration doc
closes odoo/documentation#5295

X-original-commit: 8a88ec1dd0
Signed-off-by: Zachary Straub (zst) <zst@odoo.com>
2023-08-05 05:50:56 +02:00
Lara Martini (larm) 60a7381f84 [IMP] Inventory: updated text for 16 and fixed rst errors
closes odoo/documentation#5287

X-original-commit: 5a2e7b0512
Signed-off-by: Zachary Straub (zst) <zst@odoo.com>
2023-08-05 05:50:53 +02:00
Sam Lieber (sali) af572a01c3 [IMP] marketing: RST format upgrades for marketing automation v14
closes odoo/documentation#5282

X-original-commit: b5bde9186e
Signed-off-by: Zachary Straub (zst) <zst@odoo.com>
2023-08-05 04:19:00 +02:00
Martin Trigaux 7f62e44002 [IMP] developer: document new parameter
closes odoo/documentation#5273

X-original-commit: bf5c888446
Related: odoo/odoo#130883
Signed-off-by: Martin Trigaux (mat) <mat@odoo.com>
2023-08-04 16:35:01 +02:00
Tom Aarab (toaa) 1021f85a3f [IMP] accounting/credit and debit notes
Forward to master.

Change 16.3 onwards (screenshots)

Improved the doc and added some info on debit notes (was missing).

taskid-3439169

closes odoo/documentation#5270

X-original-commit: 898b08a70e
Signed-off-by: Tom Aarab (toaa) <toaa@odoo.com>
2023-08-04 13:42:15 +02:00
“Dallas” 18db702655 [IMP] accounting: move cash discount tax reduction to payment term
task-3211595

closes odoo/documentation#5260

X-original-commit: ceda988a29
Signed-off-by: Xavier Platteau (xpl) <xpl@odoo.com>
Signed-off-by: Dallas Dean (dade) <dade@odoo.com>
2023-08-04 09:43:27 +02:00
Michael (mcm) 775e80ed92 [IMP] web: update documentation of patch function
This commit updates the documentation of the patch function
with the changes done in https://github.com/odoo/odoo/pull/125716.

closes odoo/documentation#5017

Signed-off-by: Antoine Vandevenne (anv) <anv@odoo.com>
2023-08-03 16:07:00 +02:00
Jonathan Castillo (jcs) dad4a47c9a [IMP] localization: BE disallowed expenses automatically installed
linked to https://github.com/odoo/enterprise/pull/43676

task-3398625

closes odoo/documentation#5023

Related: odoo/enterprise#43676
Signed-off-by: Jonathan Castillo (jcs) <jcs@odoo.com>
2023-08-03 10:42:52 +02:00
tiku-odoo 7e29da60b9 [IMP] Misc: Oauth Azure
closes odoo/documentation#5041

closes odoo/documentation#5255

X-original-commit: 66b2a3d50e
Signed-off-by: Zachary Straub (zst) <zst@odoo.com>
Co-authored-by: Zachary Straub <zst@odoo.com>
2023-08-03 00:33:44 +02:00
John Holton (hojo) 8edb63948c [IMP] Inventory: Update Multi-package shipments doc
closes odoo/documentation#5246

X-original-commit: 7df2d749a8
Signed-off-by: John Holton (hojo) <hojo@odoo.com>
Signed-off-by: Zachary Straub (zst) <zst@odoo.com>
2023-08-02 11:16:53 +02:00
“Chiara 76c781226d [ADD] l10n: saudi arabia e-invoicing
task-3422500

closes odoo/documentation#5233

X-original-commit: 24ff6624bb
Signed-off-by: Xavier Platteau (xpl) <xpl@odoo.com>
2023-07-28 23:16:34 +02:00
Martin Trigaux fd4065b3c6 [I18N] *: export translations
closes odoo/documentation#5223

X-original-commit: 013da823cc
Signed-off-by: Martin Trigaux (mat) <mat@odoo.com>
2023-07-28 10:33:22 +02:00
Xavier (XPL) b755d0330e [IMP] payments: update ACH section content to match 16.0
closes odoo/documentation#5216

X-original-commit: 992fc9f4d6
Signed-off-by: Xavier Platteau (xpl) <xpl@odoo.com>
2023-07-27 03:50:48 +02:00
Xavier (XPL) b5dbf4779a [IMP] accounting: year-end closing
task-2823858

closes odoo/documentation#5211

X-original-commit: 8c03442791
Signed-off-by: Xavier Platteau (xpl) <xpl@odoo.com>
2023-07-26 16:11:49 +02:00
Victor Feyens db05d69be6 [IMP] accounting: new behavior of the sepa provider
Sepa mandates are not automatically confirmed anymore,
customers have to make one successful bank transfer
matching the expected payment details to confirm
their mandate.

See https://github.com/odoo/odoo/commit/fd2fb212c50952ca5a8e162ba5d82ce433cd5989
See https://github.com/odoo/enterprise/commit/9b729b157b6978e10fbbed45052226f150e5559f

closes odoo/documentation#5201

X-original-commit: bc1cf93455
Signed-off-by: Antoine Vandevenne (anv) <anv@odoo.com>
2023-07-26 13:22:07 +02:00
Donatienne Pirlot c795231f1c [ADD] elearning: creating a new elearning doc page
To add updated information related to the elearning app

closes odoo/documentation#5155

Id: 3251391
X-original-commit: 2e9c99c941
Signed-off-by: Donatienne Pirlot (dopi) <dopi@odoo.com>
Signed-off-by: Xavier Platteau (xpl) <xpl@odoo.com>
2023-07-26 08:08:02 +02:00
Xavier (XPL) 5114140efe [IMP] payments: add section about ACH payments
task-3303591

closes odoo/documentation#5198

X-original-commit: 0155844ef5
Signed-off-by: Xavier Platteau (xpl) <xpl@odoo.com>
2023-07-25 21:22:56 +02:00
Levi Siuzdak (sile) dd7ab18b9e [IMP] developer: add notes on entity references & fix illegal XML
Using `<` inside XML elements will result in a parsing error,
an entity reference should be used instead: `&lt;`.

closes odoo/documentation#5184

X-original-commit: a7743d513b
Signed-off-by: Levi Siuzdak (sile) <sile@odoo.com>
Signed-off-by: Antoine Vandevenne (anv) <anv@odoo.com>
2023-07-24 23:04:05 +02:00
Tom Aarab (toaa) 32cb0d8244 [IMP] accounting: multicurrency
Changed the "bank statement" section to "bank transactions"

taskid-3433653

closes odoo/documentation#5171

X-original-commit: 4b142c2a70
Signed-off-by: Xavier Platteau (xpl) <xpl@odoo.com>
Signed-off-by: Tom Aarab (toaa) <toaa@odoo.com>
2023-07-20 15:45:03 +02:00
“Dallas” 80b4cd05d3 [IMP] accounting: update payment terms
task-3211595

closes odoo/documentation#5175

X-original-commit: 26c4c01889
Signed-off-by: Dallas Dean (dade) <dade@odoo.com>
2023-07-20 14:23:33 +02:00
2435 changed files with 88644 additions and 41591 deletions
+108 -49
View File
@@ -1,63 +1,122 @@
[main]
host = https://www.transifex.com
[o:odoo:p:odoo-16-doc:r:administration]
file_filter = locale/<lang>/LC_MESSAGES/administration.po
source_file = locale/sources/administration.pot
source_lang = en
[o:odoo:p:odoo-17-doc:r:administration]
file_filter = locale/<lang>/LC_MESSAGES/administration.po
source_file = locale/sources/administration.pot
type = POT
minimum_perc = 0
resource_name = administration
replace_edited_strings = false
keep_translations = false
source_lang = en
[o:odoo:p:odoo-16-doc:r:applications]
file_filter = locale/<lang>/LC_MESSAGES/applications.po
source_file = locale/sources/applications.pot
source_lang = en
[o:odoo:p:odoo-17-doc:r:applications]
file_filter = locale/<lang>/LC_MESSAGES/applications.po
source_file = locale/sources/applications.pot
type = POT
minimum_perc = 0
resource_name = applications
replace_edited_strings = false
keep_translations = false
source_lang = en
[o:odoo:p:odoo-16-doc:r:finance]
file_filter = locale/<lang>/LC_MESSAGES/finance.po
source_file = locale/sources/finance.pot
source_lang = en
[o:odoo:p:odoo-17-doc:r:finance]
file_filter = locale/<lang>/LC_MESSAGES/finance.po
source_file = locale/sources/finance.pot
type = POT
minimum_perc = 0
resource_name = finance
replace_edited_strings = false
keep_translations = false
source_lang = en
[o:odoo:p:odoo-16-doc:r:general]
file_filter = locale/<lang>/LC_MESSAGES/general.po
source_file = locale/sources/general.pot
source_lang = en
[o:odoo:p:odoo-17-doc:r:general]
file_filter = locale/<lang>/LC_MESSAGES/general.po
source_file = locale/sources/general.pot
type = POT
minimum_perc = 0
resource_name = general
replace_edited_strings = false
keep_translations = false
source_lang = en
[o:odoo:p:odoo-16-doc:r:index]
file_filter = locale/<lang>/LC_MESSAGES/index.po
source_file = locale/sources/index.pot
source_lang = en
[o:odoo:p:odoo-17-doc:r:index]
file_filter = locale/<lang>/LC_MESSAGES/index.po
source_file = locale/sources/index.pot
type = POT
minimum_perc = 0
resource_name = index
replace_edited_strings = false
keep_translations = false
source_lang = en
[o:odoo:p:odoo-16-doc:r:inventory_and_mrp]
file_filter = locale/<lang>/LC_MESSAGES/inventory_and_mrp.po
source_file = locale/sources/inventory_and_mrp.pot
source_lang = en
[o:odoo:p:odoo-17-doc:r:inventory_and_mrp]
file_filter = locale/<lang>/LC_MESSAGES/inventory_and_mrp.po
source_file = locale/sources/inventory_and_mrp.pot
type = POT
minimum_perc = 0
resource_name = inventory_and_mrp
replace_edited_strings = false
keep_translations = false
source_lang = en
[o:odoo:p:odoo-16-doc:r:marketing]
file_filter = locale/<lang>/LC_MESSAGES/marketing.po
source_file = locale/sources/marketing.pot
source_lang = en
[o:odoo:p:odoo-17-doc:r:marketing]
file_filter = locale/<lang>/LC_MESSAGES/marketing.po
source_file = locale/sources/marketing.pot
type = POT
minimum_perc = 0
resource_name = marketing
replace_edited_strings = false
keep_translations = false
source_lang = en
[o:odoo:p:odoo-16-doc:r:productivity]
file_filter = locale/<lang>/LC_MESSAGES/productivity.po
source_file = locale/sources/productivity.pot
source_lang = en
[o:odoo:p:odoo-17-doc:r:productivity]
file_filter = locale/<lang>/LC_MESSAGES/productivity.po
source_file = locale/sources/productivity.pot
type = POT
minimum_perc = 0
resource_name = productivity
replace_edited_strings = false
keep_translations = false
source_lang = en
[o:odoo:p:odoo-16-doc:r:sales]
file_filter = locale/<lang>/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po
source_file = locale/sources/sales.pot
source_lang = en
[o:odoo:p:odoo-17-doc:r:sales]
file_filter = locale/<lang>/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po
source_file = locale/sources/sales.pot
type = POT
minimum_perc = 0
resource_name = sales
replace_edited_strings = false
keep_translations = false
source_lang = en
[o:odoo:p:odoo-16-doc:r:services]
file_filter = locale/<lang>/LC_MESSAGES/services.po
source_file = locale/sources/services.pot
source_lang = en
[o:odoo:p:odoo-17-doc:r:services]
file_filter = locale/<lang>/LC_MESSAGES/services.po
source_file = locale/sources/services.pot
type = POT
minimum_perc = 0
resource_name = services
replace_edited_strings = false
keep_translations = false
source_lang = en
[o:odoo:p:odoo-16-doc:r:user_settings]
file_filter = locale/<lang>/LC_MESSAGES/settings.po
source_file = locale/sources/settings.pot
source_lang = en
[o:odoo:p:odoo-16-doc:r:websites]
file_filter = locale/<lang>/LC_MESSAGES/websites.po
source_file = locale/sources/websites.pot
source_lang = en
[o:odoo:p:odoo-17-doc:r:user_settings]
file_filter = locale/<lang>/LC_MESSAGES/settings.po
source_file = locale/sources/settings.pot
type = POT
minimum_perc = 0
resource_name = settings
replace_edited_strings = false
keep_translations = false
source_lang = en
[o:odoo:p:odoo-17-doc:r:websites]
file_filter = locale/<lang>/LC_MESSAGES/websites.po
source_file = locale/sources/websites.pot
type = POT
minimum_perc = 0
resource_name = websites
replace_edited_strings = false
keep_translations = false
source_lang = en
+13
View File
@@ -0,0 +1,13 @@
Most of the files are
Copyright (c) 2004-2023 Odoo S.A.
Some files may also contain contributions from third
parties. In this case the original copyright of
the contributions can be traced through the
history of the source version control system.
When that is not the case, the files contain a prominent
notice stating the original copyright and applicable
license, or come with their own dedicated COPYRIGHT
and/or LICENSE file.
+428
View File
@@ -0,0 +1,428 @@
Attribution-ShareAlike 4.0 International
=======================================================================
Creative Commons Corporation ("Creative Commons") is not a law firm and
does not provide legal services or legal advice. Distribution of
Creative Commons public licenses does not create a lawyer-client or
other relationship. Creative Commons makes its licenses and related
information available on an "as-is" basis. Creative Commons gives no
warranties regarding its licenses, any material licensed under their
terms and conditions, or any related information. Creative Commons
disclaims all liability for damages resulting from their use to the
fullest extent possible.
Using Creative Commons Public Licenses
Creative Commons public licenses provide a standard set of terms and
conditions that creators and other rights holders may use to share
original works of authorship and other material subject to copyright
and certain other rights specified in the public license below. The
following considerations are for informational purposes only, are not
exhaustive, and do not form part of our licenses.
Considerations for licensors: Our public licenses are
intended for use by those authorized to give the public
permission to use material in ways otherwise restricted by
copyright and certain other rights. Our licenses are
irrevocable. Licensors should read and understand the terms
and conditions of the license they choose before applying it.
Licensors should also secure all rights necessary before
applying our licenses so that the public can reuse the
material as expected. Licensors should clearly mark any
material not subject to the license. This includes other CC-
licensed material, or material used under an exception or
limitation to copyright. More considerations for licensors:
wiki.creativecommons.org/Considerations_for_licensors
Considerations for the public: By using one of our public
licenses, a licensor grants the public permission to use the
licensed material under specified terms and conditions. If
the licensor's permission is not necessary for any reason--for
example, because of any applicable exception or limitation to
copyright--then that use is not regulated by the license. Our
licenses grant only permissions under copyright and certain
other rights that a licensor has authority to grant. Use of
the licensed material may still be restricted for other
reasons, including because others have copyright or other
rights in the material. A licensor may make special requests,
such as asking that all changes be marked or described.
Although not required by our licenses, you are encouraged to
respect those requests where reasonable. More considerations
for the public:
wiki.creativecommons.org/Considerations_for_licensees
=======================================================================
Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 4.0 International Public
License
By exercising the Licensed Rights (defined below), You accept and agree
to be bound by the terms and conditions of this Creative Commons
Attribution-ShareAlike 4.0 International Public License ("Public
License"). To the extent this Public License may be interpreted as a
contract, You are granted the Licensed Rights in consideration of Your
acceptance of these terms and conditions, and the Licensor grants You
such rights in consideration of benefits the Licensor receives from
making the Licensed Material available under these terms and
conditions.
Section 1 -- Definitions.
a. Adapted Material means material subject to Copyright and Similar
Rights that is derived from or based upon the Licensed Material
and in which the Licensed Material is translated, altered,
arranged, transformed, or otherwise modified in a manner requiring
permission under the Copyright and Similar Rights held by the
Licensor. For purposes of this Public License, where the Licensed
Material is a musical work, performance, or sound recording,
Adapted Material is always produced where the Licensed Material is
synched in timed relation with a moving image.
b. Adapter's License means the license You apply to Your Copyright
and Similar Rights in Your contributions to Adapted Material in
accordance with the terms and conditions of this Public License.
c. BY-SA Compatible License means a license listed at
creativecommons.org/compatiblelicenses, approved by Creative
Commons as essentially the equivalent of this Public License.
d. Copyright and Similar Rights means copyright and/or similar rights
closely related to copyright including, without limitation,
performance, broadcast, sound recording, and Sui Generis Database
Rights, without regard to how the rights are labeled or
categorized. For purposes of this Public License, the rights
specified in Section 2(b)(1)-(2) are not Copyright and Similar
Rights.
e. Effective Technological Measures means those measures that, in the
absence of proper authority, may not be circumvented under laws
fulfilling obligations under Article 11 of the WIPO Copyright
Treaty adopted on December 20, 1996, and/or similar international
agreements.
f. Exceptions and Limitations means fair use, fair dealing, and/or
any other exception or limitation to Copyright and Similar Rights
that applies to Your use of the Licensed Material.
g. License Elements means the license attributes listed in the name
of a Creative Commons Public License. The License Elements of this
Public License are Attribution and ShareAlike.
h. Licensed Material means the artistic or literary work, database,
or other material to which the Licensor applied this Public
License.
i. Licensed Rights means the rights granted to You subject to the
terms and conditions of this Public License, which are limited to
all Copyright and Similar Rights that apply to Your use of the
Licensed Material and that the Licensor has authority to license.
j. Licensor means the individual(s) or entity(ies) granting rights
under this Public License.
k. Share means to provide material to the public by any means or
process that requires permission under the Licensed Rights, such
as reproduction, public display, public performance, distribution,
dissemination, communication, or importation, and to make material
available to the public including in ways that members of the
public may access the material from a place and at a time
individually chosen by them.
l. Sui Generis Database Rights means rights other than copyright
resulting from Directive 96/9/EC of the European Parliament and of
the Council of 11 March 1996 on the legal protection of databases,
as amended and/or succeeded, as well as other essentially
equivalent rights anywhere in the world.
m. You means the individual or entity exercising the Licensed Rights
under this Public License. Your has a corresponding meaning.
Section 2 -- Scope.
a. License grant.
1. Subject to the terms and conditions of this Public License,
the Licensor hereby grants You a worldwide, royalty-free,
non-sublicensable, non-exclusive, irrevocable license to
exercise the Licensed Rights in the Licensed Material to:
a. reproduce and Share the Licensed Material, in whole or
in part; and
b. produce, reproduce, and Share Adapted Material.
2. Exceptions and Limitations. For the avoidance of doubt, where
Exceptions and Limitations apply to Your use, this Public
License does not apply, and You do not need to comply with
its terms and conditions.
3. Term. The term of this Public License is specified in Section
6(a).
4. Media and formats; technical modifications allowed. The
Licensor authorizes You to exercise the Licensed Rights in
all media and formats whether now known or hereafter created,
and to make technical modifications necessary to do so. The
Licensor waives and/or agrees not to assert any right or
authority to forbid You from making technical modifications
necessary to exercise the Licensed Rights, including
technical modifications necessary to circumvent Effective
Technological Measures. For purposes of this Public License,
simply making modifications authorized by this Section 2(a)
(4) never produces Adapted Material.
5. Downstream recipients.
a. Offer from the Licensor -- Licensed Material. Every
recipient of the Licensed Material automatically
receives an offer from the Licensor to exercise the
Licensed Rights under the terms and conditions of this
Public License.
b. Additional offer from the Licensor -- Adapted Material.
Every recipient of Adapted Material from You
automatically receives an offer from the Licensor to
exercise the Licensed Rights in the Adapted Material
under the conditions of the Adapter's License You apply.
c. No downstream restrictions. You may not offer or impose
any additional or different terms or conditions on, or
apply any Effective Technological Measures to, the
Licensed Material if doing so restricts exercise of the
Licensed Rights by any recipient of the Licensed
Material.
6. No endorsement. Nothing in this Public License constitutes or
may be construed as permission to assert or imply that You
are, or that Your use of the Licensed Material is, connected
with, or sponsored, endorsed, or granted official status by,
the Licensor or others designated to receive attribution as
provided in Section 3(a)(1)(A)(i).
b. Other rights.
1. Moral rights, such as the right of integrity, are not
licensed under this Public License, nor are publicity,
privacy, and/or other similar personality rights; however, to
the extent possible, the Licensor waives and/or agrees not to
assert any such rights held by the Licensor to the limited
extent necessary to allow You to exercise the Licensed
Rights, but not otherwise.
2. Patent and trademark rights are not licensed under this
Public License.
3. To the extent possible, the Licensor waives any right to
collect royalties from You for the exercise of the Licensed
Rights, whether directly or through a collecting society
under any voluntary or waivable statutory or compulsory
licensing scheme. In all other cases the Licensor expressly
reserves any right to collect such royalties.
Section 3 -- License Conditions.
Your exercise of the Licensed Rights is expressly made subject to the
following conditions.
a. Attribution.
1. If You Share the Licensed Material (including in modified
form), You must:
a. retain the following if it is supplied by the Licensor
with the Licensed Material:
i. identification of the creator(s) of the Licensed
Material and any others designated to receive
attribution, in any reasonable manner requested by
the Licensor (including by pseudonym if
designated);
ii. a copyright notice;
iii. a notice that refers to this Public License;
iv. a notice that refers to the disclaimer of
warranties;
v. a URI or hyperlink to the Licensed Material to the
extent reasonably practicable;
b. indicate if You modified the Licensed Material and
retain an indication of any previous modifications; and
c. indicate the Licensed Material is licensed under this
Public License, and include the text of, or the URI or
hyperlink to, this Public License.
2. You may satisfy the conditions in Section 3(a)(1) in any
reasonable manner based on the medium, means, and context in
which You Share the Licensed Material. For example, it may be
reasonable to satisfy the conditions by providing a URI or
hyperlink to a resource that includes the required
information.
3. If requested by the Licensor, You must remove any of the
information required by Section 3(a)(1)(A) to the extent
reasonably practicable.
b. ShareAlike.
In addition to the conditions in Section 3(a), if You Share
Adapted Material You produce, the following conditions also apply.
1. The Adapter's License You apply must be a Creative Commons
license with the same License Elements, this version or
later, or a BY-SA Compatible License.
2. You must include the text of, or the URI or hyperlink to, the
Adapter's License You apply. You may satisfy this condition
in any reasonable manner based on the medium, means, and
context in which You Share Adapted Material.
3. You may not offer or impose any additional or different terms
or conditions on, or apply any Effective Technological
Measures to, Adapted Material that restrict exercise of the
rights granted under the Adapter's License You apply.
Section 4 -- Sui Generis Database Rights.
Where the Licensed Rights include Sui Generis Database Rights that
apply to Your use of the Licensed Material:
a. for the avoidance of doubt, Section 2(a)(1) grants You the right
to extract, reuse, reproduce, and Share all or a substantial
portion of the contents of the database;
b. if You include all or a substantial portion of the database
contents in a database in which You have Sui Generis Database
Rights, then the database in which You have Sui Generis Database
Rights (but not its individual contents) is Adapted Material,
including for purposes of Section 3(b); and
c. You must comply with the conditions in Section 3(a) if You Share
all or a substantial portion of the contents of the database.
For the avoidance of doubt, this Section 4 supplements and does not
replace Your obligations under this Public License where the Licensed
Rights include other Copyright and Similar Rights.
Section 5 -- Disclaimer of Warranties and Limitation of Liability.
a. UNLESS OTHERWISE SEPARATELY UNDERTAKEN BY THE LICENSOR, TO THE
EXTENT POSSIBLE, THE LICENSOR OFFERS THE LICENSED MATERIAL AS-IS
AND AS-AVAILABLE, AND MAKES NO REPRESENTATIONS OR WARRANTIES OF
ANY KIND CONCERNING THE LICENSED MATERIAL, WHETHER EXPRESS,
IMPLIED, STATUTORY, OR OTHER. THIS INCLUDES, WITHOUT LIMITATION,
WARRANTIES OF TITLE, MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR
PURPOSE, NON-INFRINGEMENT, ABSENCE OF LATENT OR OTHER DEFECTS,
ACCURACY, OR THE PRESENCE OR ABSENCE OF ERRORS, WHETHER OR NOT
KNOWN OR DISCOVERABLE. WHERE DISCLAIMERS OF WARRANTIES ARE NOT
ALLOWED IN FULL OR IN PART, THIS DISCLAIMER MAY NOT APPLY TO YOU.
b. TO THE EXTENT POSSIBLE, IN NO EVENT WILL THE LICENSOR BE LIABLE
TO YOU ON ANY LEGAL THEORY (INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION,
NEGLIGENCE) OR OTHERWISE FOR ANY DIRECT, SPECIAL, INDIRECT,
INCIDENTAL, CONSEQUENTIAL, PUNITIVE, EXEMPLARY, OR OTHER LOSSES,
COSTS, EXPENSES, OR DAMAGES ARISING OUT OF THIS PUBLIC LICENSE OR
USE OF THE LICENSED MATERIAL, EVEN IF THE LICENSOR HAS BEEN
ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH LOSSES, COSTS, EXPENSES, OR
DAMAGES. WHERE A LIMITATION OF LIABILITY IS NOT ALLOWED IN FULL OR
IN PART, THIS LIMITATION MAY NOT APPLY TO YOU.
c. The disclaimer of warranties and limitation of liability provided
above shall be interpreted in a manner that, to the extent
possible, most closely approximates an absolute disclaimer and
waiver of all liability.
Section 6 -- Term and Termination.
a. This Public License applies for the term of the Copyright and
Similar Rights licensed here. However, if You fail to comply with
this Public License, then Your rights under this Public License
terminate automatically.
b. Where Your right to use the Licensed Material has terminated under
Section 6(a), it reinstates:
1. automatically as of the date the violation is cured, provided
it is cured within 30 days of Your discovery of the
violation; or
2. upon express reinstatement by the Licensor.
For the avoidance of doubt, this Section 6(b) does not affect any
right the Licensor may have to seek remedies for Your violations
of this Public License.
c. For the avoidance of doubt, the Licensor may also offer the
Licensed Material under separate terms or conditions or stop
distributing the Licensed Material at any time; however, doing so
will not terminate this Public License.
d. Sections 1, 5, 6, 7, and 8 survive termination of this Public
License.
Section 7 -- Other Terms and Conditions.
a. The Licensor shall not be bound by any additional or different
terms or conditions communicated by You unless expressly agreed.
b. Any arrangements, understandings, or agreements regarding the
Licensed Material not stated herein are separate from and
independent of the terms and conditions of this Public License.
Section 8 -- Interpretation.
a. For the avoidance of doubt, this Public License does not, and
shall not be interpreted to, reduce, limit, restrict, or impose
conditions on any use of the Licensed Material that could lawfully
be made without permission under this Public License.
b. To the extent possible, if any provision of this Public License is
deemed unenforceable, it shall be automatically reformed to the
minimum extent necessary to make it enforceable. If the provision
cannot be reformed, it shall be severed from this Public License
without affecting the enforceability of the remaining terms and
conditions.
c. No term or condition of this Public License will be waived and no
failure to comply consented to unless expressly agreed to by the
Licensor.
d. Nothing in this Public License constitutes or may be interpreted
as a limitation upon, or waiver of, any privileges and immunities
that apply to the Licensor or You, including from the legal
processes of any jurisdiction or authority.
=======================================================================
Creative Commons is not a party to its public
licenses. Notwithstanding, Creative Commons may elect to apply one of
its public licenses to material it publishes and in those instances
will be considered the “Licensor.” The text of the Creative Commons
public licenses is dedicated to the public domain under the CC0 Public
Domain Dedication. Except for the limited purpose of indicating that
material is shared under a Creative Commons public license or as
otherwise permitted by the Creative Commons policies published at
creativecommons.org/policies, Creative Commons does not authorize the
use of the trademark "Creative Commons" or any other trademark or logo
of Creative Commons without its prior written consent including,
without limitation, in connection with any unauthorized modifications
to any of its public licenses or any other arrangements,
understandings, or agreements concerning use of licensed material. For
the avoidance of doubt, this paragraph does not form part of the
public licenses.
Creative Commons may be contacted at creativecommons.org.
+11 -1
View File
@@ -84,5 +84,15 @@ static: $(HTML_BUILD_DIR)/_static/style.css
cp -r extensions/odoo_theme/static/* $(HTML_BUILD_DIR)/_static/
cp -r static/* $(HTML_BUILD_DIR)/_static/
# Called by runbot for the ci/documentation_guideline check.
test:
@python tests/main.py $(SOURCE_DIR)/administration $(SOURCE_DIR)/applications $(SOURCE_DIR)/contributing $(SOURCE_DIR)/developer $(SOURCE_DIR)/services redirects
@python tests/main.py $(SOURCE_DIR)/administration $(SOURCE_DIR)/applications $(SOURCE_DIR)/contributing $(SOURCE_DIR)/developer redirects
# Similar as `test`, but called only manually by content reviewers to trigger extra checks.
review:
@read -p "Enter relative content path: " path; read -p "Enter max line length (default: 100): " line_length; \
if [ -z "$$path" ]; then echo "Error: Path cannot be empty"; exit 1; fi; \
if echo $$path | grep -q 'content/'; then path=`echo $$path | sed 's|content/||'`; fi; \
if [ -z "$$line_length" ]; then line_length=100; fi; \
export REVIEW=1; \
python tests/main.py --max-line-length=$$line_length $(SOURCE_DIR)/$$path
+6 -1
View File
@@ -213,6 +213,8 @@ sphinx.transforms.i18n.docname_to_domain = (
# is populated. If a version is passed to `versions` but is not listed here, it will not be shown.
versions_names = {
'master': "Master",
'17.0': "Odoo 17",
'saas-16.4': "Odoo Online",
'saas-16.3': "Odoo Online",
'saas-16.2': "Odoo Online",
'saas-16.1': "Odoo Online",
@@ -220,7 +222,6 @@ versions_names = {
'saas-15.2': "Odoo Online",
'15.0': "Odoo 15",
'14.0': "Odoo 14",
'13.0': "Odoo 13",
}
# The language names that should be shown in the language switcher, if the config option `languages`
@@ -313,11 +314,15 @@ latex_documents = [
('legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_tex_de', 'odoo_enterprise_agreement_de.tex',
'Odoo Enterprise Subscription Agreement (DE)', '', 'howto'),
('legal/terms/i18n/terms_of_sale_de', 'terms_of_sale_de.tex',
'Allgemeine Verkaufsbedingungen Odoo', '', 'howto'),
('legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_tex_es', 'odoo_enterprise_agreement_es.tex',
'Odoo Enterprise Subscription Agreement (ES)', '', 'howto'),
('legal/terms/i18n/partnership_tex_es',
'odoo_partnership_agreement_es.tex', 'Odoo Partnership Agreement (ES)', '', 'howto'),
('legal/terms/i18n/terms_of_sale_es', 'terms_of_sale_es.tex',
'Términos Generales de Venta Odoo', '', 'howto'),
('legal/terms/i18n/enterprise_tex_pt_BR', 'odoo_enterprise_agreement_pt_BR.tex',
'Odoo Enterprise Subscription Agreement (PT)', '', 'howto'),
+41 -6
View File
@@ -1,14 +1,49 @@
:nosearch:
:show-content:
=======
Install
=======
.. If you add content on this page, remove the redirect rule 'install -> install/install'
Depending on the intended use case, there are multiple ways to install Odoo - or not install it at
all.
- :doc:`Online <install/online>` is the easiest way to use Odoo in production or to try it.
- :doc:`Packaged installers <install/packages>` are suitable for testing Odoo and developing
modules. They can be used for long-term production with additional deployment and maintenance
work.
- :doc:`Source install <install/source>` provides greater flexibility, as it allows, for example,
running multiple Odoo versions on the same system. It is adequate to develop modules and can be
used as a base for production deployment.
- A `Docker <https://hub.docker.com/_/odoo/>`_ base image is available for development or
deployment.
.. _install/editions:
Editions
========
There are two different editions.
**Odoo Community** is the free and open-source version of the software, licensed under the `GNU
LGPLv3 <https://github.com/odoo/odoo/blob/master/LICENSE>`_. It is the core upon which Odoo
Enterprise is built.
**Odoo Enterprise** is the shared source version of the software, giving access to more
functionalities, including functional support, upgrades, and hosting. `Pricing
<https://www.odoo.com/pricing-plan>`_ starts from one app free.
.. tip::
:doc:`Switch from Community to Enterprise <maintain/enterprise>` at any time (except for the
source install).
.. toctree::
install/install
install/deploy
install/cdn
install/email_gateway
install/online
install/packages
install/source
install/deploy
install/cdn
install/email_gateway
+139 -88
View File
@@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ System configuration
====================
This document describes basic steps to set up Odoo in production or on an
internet-facing server. It follows :ref:`installation <setup/install>`, and is
internet-facing server. It follows :doc:`installation <../install>`, and is
not generally necessary for a development systems that is not exposed on the
internet.
@@ -123,7 +123,7 @@ Out of the box, Odoo connects to a local postgres over UNIX socket via port
<reference/cmdline/server/database>` when your Postgres deployment is not
local and/or does not use the installation defaults.
The :ref:`packaged installers <setup/install/packaged>` will automatically
The :doc:`packaged installers <packages>` will automatically
create a new user (``odoo``) and set it as the database user.
* The database management screens are protected by the ``admin_passwd``
@@ -179,21 +179,31 @@ or 'verify-full'
Builtin server
==============
Odoo includes built-in HTTP servers, using either multithreading or
multiprocessing.
Odoo includes built-in HTTP, cron, and live-chat servers, using either multi-threading or
multi-processing.
For production use, it is recommended to use the multiprocessing server as it
increases stability, makes somewhat better use of computing resources and can
be better monitored and resource-restricted.
The **multi-threaded** server is a simpler server primarily used for development, demonstrations,
and its compatibility with various operating systems (including Windows). A new thread is spawned
for every new HTTP request, even for long-lived connections such as websocket. Extra daemonic cron
threads are spawned too. Due to a Python limitation (GIL), it doesn't make the best use of the
hardware.
* Multiprocessing is enabled by configuring :option:`a non-zero number of
worker processes <odoo-bin --workers>`, the number of workers should be based
on the number of cores in the machine (possibly with some room for cron
workers depending on how much cron work is predicted)
* Worker limits can be configured based on the hardware configuration to avoid
resources exhaustion
The multi-threaded server is the default server, also for docker containers. It is selected by
leaving the :option:`--workers <odoo-bin --workers>` option out or setting it to ``0``.
.. warning:: multiprocessing mode currently isn't available on Windows
The **multi-processing** server is a full-blown server primarily used for production. It is not
liable to the same Python limitation (GIL) on resource usage and hence makes the best use of the
hardware. A pool of workers is created upon server startup. New HTTP requests are queued by the OS
until there are workers ready to process them. An extra event-driven HTTP worker for the live chat
is spawned on an alternative port. Extra cron workers are spawned too. A configurable process
reaper monitors resource usage and can kill/restart failed workers.
The multi-processing server is opt-in. It is selected by setting the :option:`--workers
<odoo-bin --workers>` option to a non-null integer.
.. note::
Because it is highly customized for Linux servers, the multi-processing server is not available
on Windows.
Worker number calculation
-------------------------
@@ -214,18 +224,12 @@ Needed RAM = #worker * ( (light_worker_ratio * light_worker_ram_estimation) + (h
LiveChat
--------
In multiprocessing, a dedicated LiveChat worker is automatically started and
listening on :option:`the gevent port <odoo-bin --gevent-port>` but
the client will not connect to it.
Instead you must have a proxy redirecting requests whose URL starts with
``/websocket/`` to the gevent port. Other request should be proxied to
the :option:`normal HTTP port <odoo-bin --http-port>`
To achieve such a thing, you'll need to deploy a reverse proxy in front of Odoo,
like nginx or apache. When doing so, you'll need to forward some more http Headers
to Odoo, and activate the proxy_mode in Odoo configuration to have Odoo read those
headers.
In multi-processing, a dedicated LiveChat worker is automatically started and listens on
the :option:`--gevent-port <odoo-bin --gevent-port>`. By default, the HTTP requests will keep
accessing the normal HTTP workers instead of the LiveChat one. You must deploy a proxy in front of
Odoo and redirect incoming requests whose path starts with ``/websocket/`` to the LiveChat worker.
You must also start Odoo in :option:`--proxy-mode <odoo-bin --proxy-mode>` so it uses the real
client headers (such as hostname, scheme, and IP) instead of the proxy ones.
Configuration sample
--------------------
@@ -326,7 +330,7 @@ in ``/etc/nginx/sites-enabled/odoo.conf`` set:
proxy_pass http://odoochat;
proxy_set_header Upgrade $http_upgrade;
proxy_set_header Connection $connection_upgrade;
proxy_set_header X-Forwarded-Host $host;
proxy_set_header X-Forwarded-Host $http_host;
proxy_set_header X-Forwarded-For $proxy_add_x_forwarded_for;
proxy_set_header X-Forwarded-Proto $scheme;
proxy_set_header X-Real-IP $remote_addr;
@@ -335,12 +339,17 @@ in ``/etc/nginx/sites-enabled/odoo.conf`` set:
# Redirect requests to odoo backend server
location / {
# Add Headers for odoo proxy mode
proxy_set_header X-Forwarded-Host $host;
proxy_set_header X-Forwarded-Host $http_host;
proxy_set_header X-Forwarded-For $proxy_add_x_forwarded_for;
proxy_set_header X-Forwarded-Proto $scheme;
proxy_set_header X-Real-IP $remote_addr;
proxy_redirect off;
proxy_pass http://odoo;
# Enable HSTS
add_header Strict-Transport-Security "max-age=31536000; includeSubDomains";
# requires nginx 1.19.8
proxy_cookie_flags session_id samesite=lax secure;
}
# common gzip
@@ -348,6 +357,31 @@ in ``/etc/nginx/sites-enabled/odoo.conf`` set:
gzip on;
}
HTTPS Hardening
---------------
Add the `Strict-Transport-Security` header to all requests, in order to prevent
browsers from ever sending a plain HTTP request to this domain. You will need
to maintain a working HTTPS service with a valid certificate on this domain at
all times, otherwise your users will see security alerts or be entirely unable
to access it.
Force HTTPS connections during a year for every visitor in NGINX with the line:
.. code-block:: nginx
add_header Strict-Transport-Security "max-age=31536000; includeSubDomains";
Additional configuration can be defined for the `session_id` cookie. The `Secure`
flag can be added to ensure it is never transmitted over HTTP and `SameSite=Lax`
to prevent authenticated `CSRF`_.
.. code-block:: nginx
# requires nginx 1.19.8
proxy_cookie_flags session_id samesite=lax secure;
Odoo as a WSGI Application
==========================
@@ -364,38 +398,30 @@ of workers anymore it can not setup cron or livechat workers
Cron Workers
------------
To run cron jobs for an Odoo deployment as a WSGI application requires
Starting one of the built-in Odoo servers next to the WSGI server is required to process cron jobs.
That server must be configured to only process crons and not HTTP requests using the
:option:`--no-http <odoo-bin --no-http>` cli option or the ``http_enable = False`` configuration
file setting.
* A classical Odoo (run via ``odoo-bin``)
* Connected to the database in which cron jobs have to be run (via
:option:`odoo-bin -d`)
* Which should not be exposed to the network. To ensure cron runners are not
network-accessible, it is possible to disable the built-in HTTP server
entirely with :option:`odoo-bin --no-http` or setting ``http_enable = False``
in the configuration file
On Linux-like systems, using the multi-processing server over the multi-threading one is recommended
to benefit from better hardware usage and increased stability, i.e., using
the :option:`--workers=-1 <odoo-bin --workers>` and :option:`--max-cron-threads=n
<odoo-bin --max-cron-threads>` cli options.
LiveChat
--------
The second problematic subsystem for WSGI deployments is the LiveChat: where
most HTTP connections are relatively short and quickly free up their worker
process for the next request, LiveChat require a long-lived connection for
each client in order to implement near-real-time notifications.
Using a gevent-compatible WSGI server is required for the correct operation of the live chat
feature. That server should be able to handle many simultaneous long-lived connections but doesn't
need a lot of processing power. All requests whose path starts with ``/websocket/`` should be
directed to that server. A regular (thread/process-based) WSGI server should be used for all other
requests.
This is in conflict with the process-based worker model, as it will tie
up worker processes and prevent new users from accessing the system. However,
those long-lived connections do very little and mostly stay parked waiting for
notifications.
The solutions to support livechat/motifications in a WSGI application are:
* Deploy a threaded version of Odoo (instead of a process-based preforking
one) and redirect only requests to URLs starting with ``/websocket/`` to
that Odoo, this is the simplest and the websocket URL can double up as the cron
instance.
* Deploy an evented Odoo via ``odoo-gevent`` and proxy requests starting
with ``/websocket/`` to
:option:`the gevent port <odoo-bin --gevent-port>`.
The Odoo cron server can also be used to serve the live chat requests. Just drop
the :option:`--no-http <odoo-bin --no-http>` cli option from the cron server and make sure requests
whose path starts with ``/websocket/`` are directed to this server, either on
the :option:`--http-port <odoo-bin --http-port>` (multi-threading server) or on
the :option:`--gevent-port <odoo-bin --gevent-port>` (multi-processing server).
.. _deploy/streaming:
@@ -413,51 +439,71 @@ Odoo static files are located in each module's :file:`static/` folder, so static
by intercepting all requests to :samp:`/{MODULE}/static/{FILE}`, and looking up the right module
(and file) in the various addons paths.
.. example::
Say Odoo has been installed via the **debian packages** for Community and Enterprise and the
:option:`--addons-path <odoo-bin --addons-path>` is ``'/usr/lib/python3/dist-packages/odoo/addons'``.
It is recommended to set the ``Content-Security-Policy: default-src 'none'`` header on all images
delivered by the web server. It is not strictly necessary as users cannot modify/inject content
inside of modules' :file:`static/` folder and existing images are final (they do not fetch new
resources by themselves). However, it is good practice.
Using the above NGINX (https) configuration, the following location block should be added to
serve static files via NGINX.
Using the above NGINX (https) configuration, the following ``map`` and ``location`` blocks should be
added to serve static files via NGINX.
.. code-block:: nginx
.. code-block:: nginx
location @odoo {
# copy-paste the content of the / location block
}
map $sent_http_content_type $content_type_csp {
default "";
~image/ "default-src 'none'";
}
# Serve static files right away
location ~ ^/[^/]+/static/.+$ {
root /usr/lib/python3/dist-packages/odoo/addons;
try_files $uri @odoo;
expires 24h;
}
server {
# the rest of the configuration
location @odoo {
# copy-paste the content of the / location block
}
# Serve static files right away
location ~ ^/[^/]+/static/.+$ {
# root and try_files both depend on your addons paths
root ...;
try_files ... @odoo;
expires 24h;
add_header Content-Security-Policy $content_type_csp;
}
}
The actual ``root`` and ``try_files`` directives are dependant on your installation, specifically on
your :option:`--addons-path <odoo-bin --addons-path>`.
.. example::
Say Odoo has been installed via the **source**. The two git repositories for Community and
Enterprise have been cloned in :file:`/opt/odoo/community` and :file:`/opt/odoo/enterprise`
respectively and the :option:`--addons-path <odoo-bin --addons-path>` is
``'/opt/odoo/community/odoo/addons,/opt/odoo/community/addons,/opt/odoo/enterprise'``.
Using the above NGINX (https) configuration, the following location block should be added to
serve static files via NGINX.
.. tabs::
.. code-block:: nginx
.. group-tab:: Debian package
location @odoo {
# copy-paste the content of the / location block
}
Say Odoo has been installed via the **debian packages** for Community and Enterprise, and
that the :option:`--addons-path <odoo-bin --addons-path>` is
``'/usr/lib/python3/dist-packages/odoo/addons'``.
# Serve static files right away
location ~ ^/[^/]+/static/.+$ {
root /opt/odoo;
try_files /community/odoo/addons$uri /community/addons$uri /enterprise$uri @odoo;
expires 24h;
}
The ``root`` and ``try_files`` should be:
.. warning::
The actual NGINX configuration you need is highly dependent on your own installation. The two
above snippets only highlight two possible configurations and may not be used as-is.
.. code-block:: nginx
root /usr/lib/python3/dist-packages/odoo/addons;
try_files $uri @odoo;
.. group-tab:: Git sources
Say Odoo has been installed via the **sources**, that both the Community and Enterprise git
repositories were cloned in :file:`/opt/odoo/community` and :file:`/opt/odoo/enterprise`
respectively, and that the :option:`--addons-path <odoo-bin --addons-path>` is
``'/opt/odoo/community/odoo/addons,/opt/odoo/community/addons,/opt/odoo/enterprise'``.
The ``root`` and ``try_files`` should be:
.. code-block:: nginx
root /opt/odoo;
try_files /community/odoo/addons$uri /community/addons$uri /enterprise$uri @odoo;
Serving attachments
-------------------
@@ -602,6 +648,10 @@ security-related topics:
- Setup daily backups of your databases and filestore data, and copy them to a remote
archiving server that is not accessible from the server itself.
- Deploying Odoo on Linux is strongly recommended over Windows. Should you choose nevertheless
to deploy on a Windows platform, a thorough security hardening review of the server should be
conducted and is outside of the scope of this guide.
.. _login_brute_force:
@@ -727,6 +777,7 @@ Here are the supported browsers:
environment than over the internet.
.. _regular expression: https://docs.python.org/3/library/re.html
.. _CSRF: https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Cross-site_request_forgery
.. _ARP spoofing: https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/ARP_spoofing
.. _Nginx termination example:
https://nginx.com/resources/admin-guide/nginx-ssl-termination/
-745
View File
@@ -1,745 +0,0 @@
.. _setup/install:
===============
Installing Odoo
===============
There are multiple ways to install Odoo, or not install it at all, depending
on the intended use case.
This documents attempts to describe most of the installation options.
:ref:`setup/install/online`
The easiest way to use Odoo in production or to try it.
:ref:`setup/install/packaged`
Suitable for testing Odoo, developing modules and can be used for
long-term production use with additional deployment and maintenance work.
:ref:`setup/install/source`
Provides greater flexibility: e.g. allow multiple running Odoo versions on
the same system. Good for developing modules, can be used as base for
production deployment.
:ref:`setup/install/docker`
If you usually use docker_ for development or deployment, an official
docker_ base image is available.
.. _setup/install/editions:
Editions
========
There are two different Editions_ of Odoo: the Community and Enterprise versions.
Using the Enterprise version is possible on `Odoo Online`_ and accessing the code is
restricted to Enterprise customers and partners. The Community version is freely
available to anyone.
If you already use the Community version and wish to upgrade to Enterprise, please
refer to :ref:`setup/enterprise` (except for :ref:`setup/install/source`).
.. _setup/install/online:
Online
======
Demo
----
To simply get a quick idea of Odoo, demo_ instances are available. They are
shared instances which only live for a few hours, and can be used to browse
around and try things out with no commitment.
Demo_ instances require no local installation, just a web browser.
Odoo Online
-----------
Trivial to start with, fully managed and migrated by Odoo S.A., `Odoo Online`_
provides private instances and starts out free. It can be used to discover and
test Odoo and do non-code customizations (i.e. incompatible with custom modules
or the Odoo Apps Store) without having to install it locally.
Can be used for both testing Odoo and long-term production use.
Like demo_ instances, `Odoo Online`_ instances require no local installation, a web
browser is sufficient.
.. _setup/install/packaged:
Packaged installers
===================
Odoo provides packaged installers for Windows, deb-based distributions
(Debian, Ubuntu, …) and RPM-based distributions (Fedora, CentOS, RHEL, …) for
both the Community and Enterprise versions.
These packages automatically set up all dependencies (for the Community version),
but may be difficult to keep up-to-date.
Official Community packages with all relevant dependency requirements are
available on our nightly_ server. Both Community and Enterprise packages can
be downloaded from our download_ page (you must to be logged in as a paying
customer or partner to download the Enterprise packages).
Windows
-------
#. Download the installer from our nightly_ server (Community only) or the Windows installer from
the download_ page (any edition).
#. Execute the downloaded file.
.. warning::
| On Windows 8 and later you may see a warning titled "Windows protected your PC".
| Click on **More Info** and then on **Run anyway**.
#. Accept the UAC_ prompt.
#. Go through the various installation steps.
Odoo will automatically be started at the end of the installation.
Linux
-----
Prepare
~~~~~~~
.. tabs::
.. group-tab:: Debian/Ubuntu
Odoo needs a `PostgreSQL`_ server to run properly. The default configuration for
the Odoo 'deb' package is to use the PostgreSQL server on the same host as your
Odoo instance. Execute the following command in order to install the PostgreSQL server:
.. code-block:: console
$ sudo apt install postgresql -y
.. group-tab:: Fedora
Odoo needs a `PostgreSQL`_ server to run properly. Make sure that the `sudo` command is
available and well configured and, only then, execute the following command in order to
install the PostgreSQL server:
.. code-block:: console
$ sudo dnf install -y postgresql-server
$ sudo postgresql-setup --initdb --unit postgresql
$ sudo systemctl enable postgresql
$ sudo systemctl start postgresql
.. warning::
`wkhtmltopdf` is not installed through **pip** and must be installed manually in version `0.12.5
<the wkhtmltopdf download page_>`_ for it to support headers and footers. See our `wiki
<https://github.com/odoo/odoo/wiki/Wkhtmltopdf>`_ for more details on the various versions.
Repository
~~~~~~~~~~
.. tabs::
.. group-tab:: Debian/Ubuntu
Odoo S.A. provides a repository that can be used with Debian and Ubuntu distributions. It can
be used to install *Odoo Community Edition* by executing the following commands:
.. code-block:: console
$ wget -q -O - https://nightly.odoo.com/odoo.key | sudo gpg --dearmor -o /usr/share/keyrings/odoo-archive-keyring.gpg
$ echo 'deb [signed-by=/usr/share/keyrings/odoo-archive-keyring.gpg] https://nightly.odoo.com/{CURRENT_MAJOR_BRANCH}/nightly/deb/ ./' | sudo tee /etc/apt/sources.list.d/odoo.list
$ sudo apt-get update && sudo apt-get install odoo
You can then use the usual `apt-get upgrade` command to keep your installation up-to-date.
.. group-tab:: Fedora
Odoo S.A. provides a repository that can be used with the Fedora distributions. It can be used
to install *Odoo Community Edition* by executing the following commands:
.. code-block:: console
$ sudo dnf config-manager --add-repo=https://nightly.odoo.com/{CURRENT_MAJOR_BRANCH}/nightly/rpm/odoo.repo
$ sudo dnf install -y odoo
$ sudo systemctl enable odoo
$ sudo systemctl start odoo
.. note::
At this moment, there is no nightly repository for the Enterprise Edition.
Distribution package
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
.. tabs::
.. group-tab:: Debian/Ubuntu
Instead of using the repository as described above, the 'deb' packages for both the
*Community* and *Enterprise* editions can be downloaded from the `official download page
<download_>`_.
.. note::
Odoo {CURRENT_MAJOR_VERSION} 'deb' package currently supports `Debian 11 (Bullseye)`_,
`Ubuntu 22.04 (Jammy)`_ or above.
Next, execute the following commands **as root**:
.. code-block:: console
# dpkg -i <path_to_installation_package> # this probably fails with missing dependencies
# apt-get install -f # should install the missing dependencies
# dpkg -i <path_to_installation_package>
This will install Odoo as a service, create the necessary PostgreSQL_ user
and automatically start the server.
.. warning::
- The `python3-xlwt` Debian package does not exists in Debian Buster nor Ubuntu 18.04. This
python module is needed to export into xls format.
If you need the feature, you can install it manually with:
.. code-block:: console
$ sudo pip3 install xlwt
- The `num2words` python package does not exists in Debian Buster nor Ubuntu 18.04. Textual
amounts will not be rendered by Odoo and this could cause problems with the `l10n_mx_edi`
module.
If you need this feature, you can install manually with:
.. code-block:: console
$ sudo pip3 install num2words
.. group-tab:: Fedora
Instead of using the repository as described above, the 'rpm' packages for both the
*Community* and *Enterprise* editions can be downloaded from the `official download page
<download_>`_.
.. note::
Odoo {CURRENT_MAJOR_VERSION} 'rpm' package supports Fedora 36.
Once downloaded, the package can be installed using the 'dnf' package manager:
.. code-block:: console
$ sudo dnf localinstall odoo_{CURRENT_MAJOR_BRANCH}.latest.noarch.rpm
$ sudo systemctl enable odoo
$ sudo systemctl start odoo
.. _setup/install/source:
Source install
==============
The source "installation" is really about not installing Odoo, and running it directly from source
instead.
It can be more convenient for module developers as the Odoo source is more easily accessible than
using packaged installation.
It also makes starting and stopping Odoo more flexible and explicit than the services set up by the
packaged installations, and allows overriding settings using
:ref:`command-line parameters <reference/cmdline>` without needing to edit a configuration file.
Finally it provides greater control over the system's set up, and allows to more easily keep
(and run) multiple versions of Odoo side-by-side.
Fetch the sources
-----------------
There are two ways to obtain the source code of Odoo: as a zip **archive** or through **git**.
Archive
~~~~~~~
Community Edition:
* `Official download page <download_>`_
* `GitHub repository <community-repository_>`_
* `Nightly server <nightly_>`_
Enterprise Edition:
* `Official download page <download_>`_
* `GitHub repository <enterprise-repository_>`_
.. _setup/install/source/git:
Git
~~~
The following requires `Git <git_>`_ to be installed on your machine and that you have basic
knowledge of Git commands. To clone a Git repository, you must choose between cloning with HTTPS or
SSH. If you do not know the difference between the two, the best option is most likely HTTPS. If you
are following the :doc:`Getting started </developer/tutorials/getting_started>` developer tutorial,
or plan on contributing to Odoo source code, choose SSH.
.. tabs::
.. group-tab:: Windows
.. tabs::
.. tab:: Clone with HTTPS
.. code-block:: doscon
C:\> git clone https://github.com/odoo/odoo.git
C:\> git clone https://github.com/odoo/enterprise.git
.. tab:: Clone with SSH
.. code-block:: doscon
C:\> git clone git@github.com:odoo/odoo.git
C:\> git clone git@github.com:odoo/enterprise.git
.. group-tab:: Linux
.. tabs::
.. tab:: Clone with HTTPS
.. code-block:: console
$ git clone https://github.com/odoo/odoo.git
$ git clone https://github.com/odoo/enterprise.git
.. tab:: Clone with SSH
.. code-block:: console
$ git clone git@github.com:odoo/odoo.git
$ git clone git@github.com:odoo/enterprise.git
.. group-tab:: Mac OS
.. tabs::
.. tab:: Clone with HTTPS
.. code-block:: console
$ git clone https://github.com/odoo/odoo.git
$ git clone https://github.com/odoo/enterprise.git
.. tab:: Clone with SSH
.. code-block:: console
$ git clone git@github.com:odoo/odoo.git
$ git clone git@github.com:odoo/enterprise.git
.. note::
**The Enterprise git repository does not contain the full Odoo source code**. It is only a
collection of extra add-ons. The main server code is in the Community version. Running the
Enterprise version actually means running the server from the Community version with the
addons-path option set to the folder with the Enterprise version. You need to clone both the
Community and Enterprise repository to have a working Odoo Enterprise installation. See
:ref:`setup/install/editions` to get access to the Enterprise repository.
.. _setup/install/source/prepare:
Prepare
-------
Python
~~~~~~
.. tabs::
.. group-tab:: Windows
Odoo requires Python 3.8 or later to run. Visit `Python's download page <https://www.python.org/downloads/windows/>`_
to download and install the latest version of Python 3 on your machine.
During installation, check **Add Python 3 to PATH**, then click **Customize Installation** and make
sure that **pip** is checked.
.. note::
If Python 3 is already installed, make sure that the version is 3.7 or above, as previous
versions are not compatible with Odoo.
.. code-block:: doscon
C:\> python --version
Verify also that pip_ is installed for this version.
.. code-block:: doscon
C:\> pip --version
.. group-tab:: Linux
Odoo requires Python 3.8 or later to run. Use your package manager to download and install Python 3
on your machine if it is not already done.
.. note::
If Python 3 is already installed, make sure that the version is 3.7 or above, as previous
versions are not compatible with Odoo.
.. code-block:: console
$ python3 --version
Verify also that pip_ is installed for this version.
.. code-block:: console
$ pip3 --version
.. group-tab:: Mac OS
Odoo requires Python 3.8 or later to run. Use your preferred package manager (homebrew_, macports_)
to download and install Python 3 on your machine if it is not already done.
.. note::
If Python 3 is already installed, make sure that the version is 3.7 or above, as previous
versions are not compatible with Odoo.
.. code-block:: console
$ python3 --version
Verify also that pip_ is installed for this version.
.. code-block:: console
$ pip3 --version
PostgreSQL
~~~~~~~~~~
.. tabs::
.. group-tab:: Windows
Odoo uses PostgreSQL as database management system. `Download and install PostgreSQL
<https://www.postgresql.org/download/windows/>`_ (supported version: 12.0 and later).
By default, the only user is `postgres` but Odoo forbids connecting as `postgres`, so you need
to create a new PostgreSQL user:
#. Add PostgreSQL's `bin` directory (by default:
:file:`C:\\Program Files\\PostgreSQL\\<version>\\bin`) to your `PATH`.
#. Create a postgres user with a password using the pg admin gui:
1. Open **pgAdmin**.
2. Double-click the server to create a connection.
3. Select :menuselection:`Object --> Create --> Login/Group Role`.
4. Enter the username in the **Role Name** field (e.g. `odoo`).
5. Open the **Definition** tab and enter the password (e.g. `odoo`), then click **Save**.
6. Open the **Privileges** tab and switch **Can login?** to `Yes` and **Create database?**
to `Yes`.
.. group-tab:: Linux
Odoo uses PostgreSQL as database management system. Use your package manager to download and
install PostgreSQL (supported version: 12.0 and later).
It can be achieved by executing the following:
.. code-block:: console
$ sudo apt install postgresql postgresql-client
By default, the only user is `postgres` but Odoo forbids connecting as `postgres`, so you need
to create a new PostgreSQL user:
.. code-block:: console
$ sudo -u postgres createuser -s $USER
$ createdb $USER
.. note::
Because your PostgreSQL user has the same name as your Unix login, you will be able to
connect to the database without password.
.. group-tab:: Mac OS
Odoo uses PostgreSQL as database management system. Use `postgres.app
<https://postgresapp.com>`_ to download and install PostgreSQL (supported version: 12.0 and
later).
.. tip::
To make the command line tools bundled with `postgres.app` available, make sure to setup your
`$PATH` variable by following the `Postgres.app CLI Tools Instructions
<https://postgresapp.com/documentation/cli-tools.html>`_.
By default, the only user is `postgres` but Odoo forbids connecting as `postgres`, so you need
to create a new PostgreSQL user:
.. code-block:: console
$ sudo -u postgres createuser -s $USER
$ createdb $USER
.. note::
Because your PostgreSQL user has the same name as your Unix login, you will be able to
connect to the database without password.
.. _install/dependencies:
Dependencies
~~~~~~~~~~~~
.. tabs::
.. group-tab:: Windows
Before installing the dependencies, you must download and install the `Build Tools for Visual
Studio <https://visualstudio.microsoft.com/downloads/#build-tools-for-visual-studio-2019>`_.
When prompted, select **C++ build tools** in the **Workloads** tab and install them.
Odoo dependencies are listed in the `requirements.txt` file located at the root of the Odoo
community directory.
.. tip::
It can be preferable to not mix python modules packages between different instances of Odoo
or with your system. You can use virtualenv_ to create isolated Python environments.
Navigate to the path of your Odoo Community installation (`CommunityPath`) and run **pip** on
the requirements file in a terminal **with Administrator privileges**:
.. code-block:: doscon
C:\> cd \CommunityPath
C:\> pip install setuptools wheel
C:\> pip install -r requirements.txt
For languages with right-to-left interface (such as Arabic or Hebrew), the package `rtlcss`
is needed:
#. Download and install `nodejs <https://nodejs.org/en/download/>`_.
#. Install `rtlcss`:
.. code-block:: doscon
C:\> npm install -g rtlcss
#. Edit the System Environment's variable `PATH` to add the folder where `rtlcss.cmd` is
located (typically: :file:`C:\\Users\\<user>\\AppData\\Roaming\\npm\\`).
.. group-tab:: Linux
Using your **distribution packages** is the preferred way of installing dependencies.
Alternatively, you can install the python dependencies with **pip**.
.. tabs::
.. tab:: Debian/Ubuntu
For Debian-based systems, the packages are listed in the `debian/control
<{GITHUB_PATH}/debian/control>`_ file of the Odoo sources.
On Debian/Ubuntu, the following commands should install the required packages:
.. code-block:: console
$ cd /CommunityPath
$ sed -n -e '/^Depends:/,/^Pre/ s/ python3-\(.*\),/python3-\1/p' debian/control | sudo xargs apt-get install -y
.. tab:: Install with pip
As some of the python packages need a compilation step, they require system libraries to
be installed.
On Debian/Ubuntu-based systems, the following command should install these required
libraries:
.. code-block:: console
$ sudo apt install python3-pip libldap2-dev libpq-dev libsasl2-dev
Odoo dependencies are listed in the :file:`requirements.txt` file located at the root of
the Odoo community directory.
.. note::
| The python packages in :file:`requirements.txt` are based on their stable/LTS
Debian/Ubuntu corresponding version at the moment of the Odoo release.
| E.g., for Odoo 15.0, the `python3-babel` package version is 2.8.0 in Debian
Bullseye and 2.6.0 in Ubuntu Focal. The lowest version is then chosen in the
:file:`requirements.txt`.
.. tip::
It can be preferable to not mix python modules packages between different instances
of Odoo or with your system. You can use virtualenv_ to create isolated Python
environments.
Navigate to the path of your Odoo Community installation (:file:`CommunityPath`) and run
**pip** on the requirements file to install the requirements for the current user.
.. code-block:: console
$ cd /CommunityPath
$ pip install -r requirements.txt
For languages with right-to-left interface (such as Arabic or Hebrew), the package `rtlcss` is
needed:
#. Download and install **nodejs** and **npm** with your package manager.
#. Install `rtlcss`:
.. code-block:: console
$ sudo npm install -g rtlcss
.. group-tab:: Mac OS
Odoo dependencies are listed in the `requirements.txt` file located at the root of the Odoo
community directory.
.. tip::
It can be preferable to not mix python modules packages between different instances of Odoo
or with your system. You can use virtualenv_ to create isolated Python environments.
Navigate to the path of your Odoo Community installation (`CommunityPath`) and run **pip** on
the requirements file:
.. code-block:: console
$ cd /CommunityPath
$ pip3 install setuptools wheel
$ pip3 install -r requirements.txt
.. warning::
Non-Python dependencies need to be installed with a package manager:
#. Download and install the **Command Line Tools**:
.. code-block:: console
$ xcode-select --install
#. Download and install the package manager of your choice (homebrew_, macports_).
#. Install non-python dependencies.
For languages with right-to-left interface (such as Arabic or Hebrew), the package `rtlcss` is
needed:
#. Download and install **nodejs** with your preferred package manager (homebrew_, macports_).
#. Install `rtlcss`:
.. code-block:: console
$ sudo npm install -g rtlcss
.. important::
`wkhtmltopdf` is not installed through **pip** and must be installed manually in version `0.12.5
<the wkhtmltopdf download page_>`_ for it to support headers and footers. See our `wiki
<https://github.com/odoo/odoo/wiki/Wkhtmltopdf>`_ for more details on the various versions.
.. _setup/install/source/running_odoo:
Running Odoo
------------
Once all dependencies are set up, Odoo can be launched by running `odoo-bin`, the
command-line interface of the server. It is located at the root of the Odoo Community directory.
To configure the server, you can either specify :ref:`command-line arguments
<reference/cmdline/server>` or a :ref:`configuration file <reference/cmdline/config>`.
.. tip::
For the Enterprise edition, you must add the path to the `enterprise` addons to the `addons-path`
argument. Note that it must come before the other paths in `addons-path` for addons to be loaded
correctly.
Common necessary configurations are:
- PostgreSQL user and password.
- Custom addon paths beyond the defaults, to load your own modules.
A typical way to run the server would be:
.. tabs::
.. group-tab:: Windows
.. code-block:: doscon
C:\> cd CommunityPath/
C:\> python odoo-bin -r dbuser -w dbpassword --addons-path=addons -d mydb
Where `CommunityPath` is the path of the Odoo Community installation, `dbuser` is the
PostgreSQL login, `dbpassword` is the PostgreSQL password, and `mydb` is the name of the
PostgreSQL database.
.. group-tab:: Linux
.. code-block:: console
$ cd /CommunityPath
$ python3 odoo-bin --addons-path=addons -d mydb
Where `CommunityPath` is the path of the Odoo Community installation, and `mydb` is the name
of the PostgreSQL database.
.. group-tab:: Mac OS
.. code-block:: console
$ cd /CommunityPath
$ python3 odoo-bin --addons-path=addons -d mydb
Where `CommunityPath` is the path of the Odoo Community installation, and `mydb` is the name
of the PostgreSQL database.
After the server has started (the INFO log `odoo.modules.loading: Modules loaded.` is printed), open
http://localhost:8069 in your web browser and log in with the base administrator account: Use
`admin` for the :guilabel:`Email` and, again, `admin` for the :guilabel:`Password`. That's it, you
just logged into your own Odoo database!
.. tip::
- From there, you can create and manage new :doc:`users
</applications/general/users/manage_users>`.
- The user account you use to log into Odoo's web interface differs from the :option:`--db_user
<odoo-bin -r>` CLI argument.
.. seealso::
:doc:`The exhaustive list of CLI arguments for odoo-bin </developer/reference/cli>`.
.. _setup/install/docker:
Docker
======
The full documentation on how to use Odoo with Docker can be found on the
official Odoo `docker image <https://hub.docker.com/_/odoo/>`_ page.
.. _Debian 11 (Bullseye): https://www.debian.org/releases/bullseye/
.. _demo: https://demo.odoo.com
.. _docker: https://www.docker.com
.. _download: https://www.odoo.com/page/download
.. _Ubuntu 22.04 (Jammy): https://releases.ubuntu.com/22.04/
.. _EPEL: https://fedoraproject.org/wiki/EPEL
.. _PostgreSQL: https://www.postgresql.org
.. _the official installer:
.. _install pip:
https://pip.pypa.io/en/latest/installing.html#install-pip
.. _Quilt: https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Quilt_(software)
.. _Odoo Online: https://www.odoo.com/page/start
.. _the wkhtmltopdf download page: https://github.com/wkhtmltopdf/wkhtmltopdf/releases/tag/0.12.5
.. _UAC: https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/User_Account_Control
.. _wkhtmltopdf: https://wkhtmltopdf.org
.. _pip: https://pip.pypa.io
.. _macports: https://www.macports.org
.. _homebrew: https://brew.sh
.. _wheels: https://wheel.readthedocs.org/en/latest/
.. _virtualenv: https://pypi.python.org/pypi/virtualenv
.. _virtualenvwrapper: https://virtualenvwrapper.readthedocs.io/en/latest/
.. _pywin32: https://sourceforge.net/projects/pywin32/files/pywin32/
.. _community-repository: https://github.com/odoo/odoo
.. _enterprise-repository: https://github.com/odoo/enterprise
.. _Editions: https://www.odoo.com/pricing#pricing_table_features
.. _nightly: https://nightly.odoo.com/
.. _extra: https://nightly.odoo.com/extra/
+21
View File
@@ -0,0 +1,21 @@
======
Online
======
Online instances are accessed using any web browser and do not require a local installation.
Demo
----
To quickly try out Odoo, shared `demo <https://demo.odoo.com>`_ instances are available. No
registration is required, but each instance only lives for a few hours.
Odoo Online
-----------
`Odoo Online <https://www.odoo.com/trial>`_ provides private instances which are fully managed and
hosted by Odoo. It can be used for long-term production or to test Odoo thoroughly, including
customizations that don't require code.
.. note::
Odoo Online is incompatible with custom modules or the Odoo App Store.
+167
View File
@@ -0,0 +1,167 @@
===================
Packaged installers
===================
Odoo provides packaged installers for Debian-based Linux distributions (Debian, Ubuntu, etc.),
RPM-based Linux distributions (Fedora, CentOS, RHEL, etc.), and Windows for the Community and
Enterprise editions.
Official **Community** nightly packages with all relevant dependency requirements are available on
the `nightly server <https://nightly.odoo.com>`_.
.. note::
Nightly packages may be difficult to keep up to date.
Official **Community** and **Enterprise** packages can be downloaded from the `Odoo download page
<https://www.odoo.com/page/download>`_.
.. note::
It is required to be logged in as a paying customer or partner to download the Enterprise
packages.
.. _install/packages/linux:
Linux
=====
Prepare
-------
Odoo needs a `PostgreSQL <https://www.postgresql.org/>`_ server to run properly.
.. tabs::
.. group-tab:: Debian/Ubuntu
The default configuration for the Odoo 'deb' package is to use the PostgreSQL server on the
same host as the Odoo instance. Execute the following command to install the PostgreSQL
server:
.. code-block:: console
$ sudo apt install postgresql -y
.. group-tab:: Fedora
Make sure that the `sudo` command is available and well configured and, only then, execute the
following command to install the PostgreSQL server:
.. code-block:: console
$ sudo dnf install -y postgresql-server
$ sudo postgresql-setup --initdb --unit postgresql
$ sudo systemctl enable postgresql
$ sudo systemctl start postgresql
.. warning::
`wkhtmltopdf` is not installed through **pip** and must be installed manually in `version 0.12.6
<https://github.com/wkhtmltopdf/packaging/releases/tag/0.12.6.1-3>`_ for it to support headers
and footers. Check out the `wkhtmltopdf wiki <https://github.com/odoo/odoo/wiki/Wkhtmltopdf>`_
for more details on the various versions.
Repository
----------
Odoo S.A. provides a repository that can be used to install the **Community** edition by executing
the following commands:
.. tabs::
.. group-tab:: Debian/Ubuntu
.. code-block:: console
$ wget -q -O - https://nightly.odoo.com/odoo.key | sudo gpg --dearmor -o /usr/share/keyrings/odoo-archive-keyring.gpg
$ echo 'deb [signed-by=/usr/share/keyrings/odoo-archive-keyring.gpg] https://nightly.odoo.com/{CURRENT_MAJOR_BRANCH}/nightly/deb/ ./' | sudo tee /etc/apt/sources.list.d/odoo.list
$ sudo apt-get update && sudo apt-get install odoo
Use the usual `apt-get upgrade` command to keep the installation up-to-date.
.. group-tab:: Fedora
.. code-block:: console
$ sudo dnf config-manager --add-repo=https://nightly.odoo.com/{CURRENT_MAJOR_BRANCH}/nightly/rpm/odoo.repo
$ sudo dnf install -y odoo
$ sudo systemctl enable odoo
$ sudo systemctl start odoo
.. note::
Currently, there is no nightly repository for the Enterprise edition.
Distribution package
--------------------
Instead of using the repository, packages for both the **Community** and **Enterprise** editions can
be downloaded from the `Odoo download page <https://www.odoo.com/page/download>`_.
.. tabs::
.. group-tab:: Debian/Ubuntu
.. note::
Odoo {CURRENT_MAJOR_VERSION} 'deb' package currently supports `Debian Buster
<https://www.debian.org/releases/buster/>`_ and `Ubuntu 18.04
<https://releases.ubuntu.com/18.04>`_ or above.
Once downloaded, execute the following commands **as root** to install Odoo as a service,
create the necessary PostgreSQL user, and automatically start the server:
.. code-block:: console
# dpkg -i <path_to_installation_package> # this probably fails with missing dependencies
# apt-get install -f # should install the missing dependencies
# dpkg -i <path_to_installation_package>
.. warning::
- The `python3-xlwt` Debian package, needed to export into the XLS format, does not exist
in Debian Buster nor Ubuntu 18.04. If needed, install it manually with the following:
.. code-block:: console
$ sudo pip3 install xlwt
- The `num2words` Python package - needed to render textual amounts - does not exist in
Debian Buster nor Ubuntu 18.04, which could cause problems with the `l10n_mx_edi` module.
If needed, install it manually with the following:
.. code-block:: console
$ sudo pip3 install num2words
.. group-tab:: Fedora
.. note::
Odoo {CURRENT_MAJOR_VERSION} 'rpm' package supports Fedora 36.
Once downloaded, the package can be installed using the 'dnf' package manager:
.. code-block:: console
$ sudo dnf localinstall odoo_{CURRENT_MAJOR_BRANCH}.latest.noarch.rpm
$ sudo systemctl enable odoo
$ sudo systemctl start odoo
.. _install/packages/windows:
Windows
=======
.. warning::
Windows packaging is offered for the convenience of testing or running single-user local
instances but production deployment is discouraged due to a number of limitations and risks
associated with deploying Odoo on a Windows platform.
#. Download the installer from the `nightly server <https://nightly.odoo.com>`_ (Community only) or
the Windows installer from the `Odoo download page <https://www.odoo.com/page/download>`_ (any
edition.
#. Execute the downloaded file.
.. warning::
On Windows 8 and later, a warning titled *Windows protected your PC* may be displayed. Click
**More Info** and then **Run anyway** to proceed.
#. Accept the `UAC <https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/User_Account_Control>`_ prompt.
#. Go through the installation steps.
Odoo launches automatically at the end of the installation.
+487
View File
@@ -0,0 +1,487 @@
======
Source
======
The source 'installation' is not about installing Odoo but running it directly from the source
instead.
Using the Odoo source can be more convenient for module developers as it is more easily accessible
than using packaged installers.
It makes starting and stopping Odoo more flexible and explicit than the services set up by the
packaged installers. Also, it allows overriding settings using :ref:`command-line parameters
<reference/cmdline>` without needing to edit a configuration file.
Finally, it provides greater control over the system's setup and allows to more easily keep (and
run) multiple versions of Odoo side-by-side.
Fetch the sources
-----------------
There are two ways to obtain the source code of Odoo: as a ZIP **archive** or through **Git**.
Archive
~~~~~~~
Community edition:
- `Odoo download page <https://www.odoo.com/page/download>`_
- `GitHub Community repository <https://github.com/odoo/odoo>`_
- `Nightly server <https://nightly.odoo.com>`_
Enterprise edition:
- `Odoo download page <https://www.odoo.com/page/download>`_
- `GitHub Enterprise repository <https://github.com/odoo/enterprise>`_
.. _install/source/git:
Git
~~~
.. note::
It is required to have `Git <https://git-scm.com/>`_ installed, and it is recommended to have a
basic knowledge of Git commands to proceed.
To clone a Git repository, choose between cloning with HTTPS or SSH. In most cases, the best option
is HTTPS. However, choose SSH to contribute to Odoo source code or when following the :doc:`Getting
Started developer tutorial </developer/tutorials/getting_started>`.
.. tabs::
.. group-tab:: Linux
.. tabs::
.. tab:: Clone with HTTPS
.. code-block:: console
$ git clone https://github.com/odoo/odoo.git
$ git clone https://github.com/odoo/enterprise.git
.. tab:: Clone with SSH
.. code-block:: console
$ git clone git@github.com:odoo/odoo.git
$ git clone git@github.com:odoo/enterprise.git
.. group-tab:: Windows
.. tabs::
.. tab:: Clone with HTTPS
.. code-block:: doscon
C:\> git clone https://github.com/odoo/odoo.git
C:\> git clone https://github.com/odoo/enterprise.git
.. tab:: Clone with SSH
.. code-block:: doscon
C:\> git clone git@github.com:odoo/odoo.git
C:\> git clone git@github.com:odoo/enterprise.git
.. group-tab:: Mac OS
.. tabs::
.. tab:: Clone with HTTPS
.. code-block:: console
$ git clone https://github.com/odoo/odoo.git
$ git clone https://github.com/odoo/enterprise.git
.. tab:: Clone with SSH
.. code-block:: console
$ git clone git@github.com:odoo/odoo.git
$ git clone git@github.com:odoo/enterprise.git
.. note::
**The Enterprise git repository does not contain the full Odoo source code**. It is only a
collection of extra add-ons. The main server code is in the Community edition. Running the
Enterprise version means running the server from the Community version with the `addons-path`
option set to the folder with the Enterprise edition. It is required to clone both the Community
and Enterprise repositories to have a working Odoo Enterprise installation.
.. _install/source/prepare:
Prepare
-------
Python
~~~~~~
Odoo requires **Python 3.10** or later to run.
.. versionchanged:: 17
Minimum requirement updated from Python 3.7 to Python 3.10.
.. tabs::
.. group-tab:: Linux
Use a package manager to download and install Python 3 if needed.
.. group-tab:: Windows
`Download the latest version of Python 3 <https://www.python.org/downloads/windows/>`_ and
install it.
During installation, check **Add Python 3 to PATH**, then click **Customize Installation** and
make sure that **pip** is checked.
.. group-tab:: Mac OS
Use a package manager (`Homebrew <https://brew.sh/>`_, `MacPorts <https://www.macports.org>`_)
to download and install Python 3 if needed.
.. note::
If Python 3 is already installed, make sure that the version is 3.7 or above, as previous
versions are not compatible with Odoo.
.. tabs::
.. group-tab:: Linux
.. code-block:: console
$ python3 --version
.. group-tab:: Windows
.. code-block:: doscon
C:\> python --version
.. group-tab:: Mac OS
.. code-block:: console
$ python3 --version
Verify that `pip <https://pip.pypa.io>`_ is also installed for this version.
.. tabs::
.. group-tab:: Linux
.. code-block:: console
$ pip3 --version
.. group-tab:: Windows
.. code-block:: doscon
C:\> pip --version
.. group-tab:: Mac OS
.. code-block:: console
$ pip3 --version
PostgreSQL
~~~~~~~~~~
Odoo uses PostgreSQL as its database management system.
.. tabs::
.. group-tab:: Linux
Use a package manager to download and install PostgreSQL (supported versions: 12.0 or above).
It can be achieved by executing the following:
.. code-block:: console
$ sudo apt install postgresql postgresql-client
.. group-tab:: Windows
`Download PostgreSQL <https://www.postgresql.org/download/windows>`_ (supported versions: 12.0
or above) and install it.
.. group-tab:: Mac OS
Use `Postgres.app <https://postgresapp.com>`_ to download and install PostgreSQL (supported
version: 12.0 or above).
.. tip::
To make the command line tools bundled with Postgres.app available, make sure to set up the
`$PATH` variable by following the `Postgres.app CLI tools instructions
<https://postgresapp.com/documentation/cli-tools.html>`_.
By default, the only user is `postgres`. As Odoo forbids connecting as `postgres`, create a new
PostgreSQL user.
.. tabs::
.. group-tab:: Linux
.. code-block:: console
$ sudo -u postgres createuser -d -R -S $USER
$ createdb $USER
.. note::
Because the PostgreSQL user has the same name as the Unix login, it is possible to connect
to the database without a password.
.. group-tab:: Windows
#. Add PostgreSQL's `bin` directory (by default:
:file:`C:\\Program Files\\PostgreSQL\\<version>\\bin`) to the `PATH`.
#. Create a postgres user with a password using the pg admin gui:
#. Open **pgAdmin**.
#. Double-click the server to create a connection.
#. Select :menuselection:`Object --> Create --> Login/Group Role`.
#. Enter the username in the **Role Name** field (e.g., `odoo`).
#. Open the **Definition** tab, enter a password (e.g., `odoo`), and click **Save**.
#. Open the **Privileges** tab and switch **Can login?** to `Yes` and **Create database?**
to `Yes`.
.. group-tab:: Mac OS
.. code-block:: console
$ sudo -u postgres createuser -d -R -S $USER
$ createdb $USER
.. note::
Because the PostgreSQL user has the same name as the Unix login, it is possible to connect
to the database without a password.
.. _install/dependencies:
Dependencies
~~~~~~~~~~~~
.. tabs::
.. group-tab:: Linux
Using **distribution packages** is the preferred way of installing dependencies.
Alternatively, install the Python dependencies with **pip**.
.. tabs::
.. tab:: Debian/Ubuntu
For Debian-based systems, the packages are listed in the `debian/control
<{GITHUB_PATH}/debian/control>`_ file of the Odoo sources.
On Debian/Ubuntu, the following commands should install the required packages:
.. code-block:: console
$ cd /CommunityPath
$ sed -n -e '/^Depends:/,/^Pre/ s/ python3-\(.*\),/python3-\1/p' debian/control | sudo xargs apt-get install -y
.. tab:: Install with pip
As some of the Python packages need a compilation step, they require system libraries to
be installed.
On Debian/Ubuntu, the following command should install these required libraries:
.. code-block:: console
$ sudo apt install python3-pip libldap2-dev libpq-dev libsasl2-dev
Odoo dependencies are listed in the :file:`requirements.txt` file located at the root of
the Odoo Community directory.
.. note::
The Python packages in :file:`requirements.txt` are based on their stable/LTS
Debian/Ubuntu corresponding version at the moment of the Odoo release. For example,
for Odoo 15.0, the `python3-babel` package version is 2.8.0 in Debian Bullseye and
2.6.0 in Ubuntu Focal. The lowest version is then chosen in the
:file:`requirements.txt`.
.. tip::
It can be preferable not to mix Python module packages between different instances of
Odoo or with the system. However, it is possible to use `virtualenv
<https://pypi.org/project/virtualenv/>`_ to create isolated Python environments.
Navigate to the path of the Odoo Community installation (:file:`CommunityPath`) and run
**pip** on the requirements file to install the requirements for the current user.
.. code-block:: console
$ cd /CommunityPath
$ pip install -r requirements.txt
.. group-tab:: Windows
Before installing the dependencies, download and install the `Build Tools for Visual
Studio <https://visualstudio.microsoft.com/downloads/>`_. Select **C++ build tools** in the
**Workloads** tab and install them when prompted.
Odoo dependencies are listed in the `requirements.txt` file located at the root of the Odoo
Community directory.
.. tip::
It can be preferable not to mix Python module packages between different instances of
Odoo or with the system. However, it is possible to use `virtualenv
<https://pypi.org/project/virtualenv/>`_ to create isolated Python environments.
Navigate to the path of the Odoo Community installation (`CommunityPath`) and run **pip** on
the requirements file in a terminal **with Administrator privileges**:
.. code-block:: doscon
C:\> cd \CommunityPath
C:\> pip install setuptools wheel
C:\> pip install -r requirements.txt
.. group-tab:: Mac OS
Odoo dependencies are listed in the `requirements.txt` file located at the root of the Odoo
Community directory.
.. tip::
It can be preferable not to mix Python module packages between different instances of
Odoo or with the system. However, it is possible to use `virtualenv
<https://pypi.org/project/virtualenv/>`_ to create isolated Python environments.
Navigate to the path of the Odoo Community installation (`CommunityPath`) and run **pip** on
the requirements file:
.. code-block:: console
$ cd /CommunityPath
$ pip3 install setuptools wheel
$ pip3 install -r requirements.txt
.. warning::
Non-Python dependencies must be installed with a package manager (`Homebrew
<https://brew.sh/>`_, `MacPorts <https://www.macports.org>`_).
#. Download and install the **Command Line Tools**:
.. code-block:: console
$ xcode-select --install
#. Use the package manager to install non-Python dependencies.
.. note::
For languages using a **right-to-left interface** (such as Arabic or Hebrew), the `rtlcss`
package is required.
.. tabs::
.. group-tab:: Linux
#. Download and install **nodejs** and **npm** with a package manager.
#. Install `rtlcss`:
.. code-block:: console
$ sudo npm install -g rtlcss
.. group-tab:: Windows
#. Download and install `nodejs <https://nodejs.org/en/download>`_.
#. Install `rtlcss`:
.. code-block:: doscon
C:\> npm install -g rtlcss
#. Edit the system environment's variable `PATH` to add the folder where `rtlcss.cmd` is
located (typically: :file:`C:\\Users\\<user>\\AppData\\Roaming\\npm\\`).
.. group-tab:: Mac OS
#. Download and install **nodejs** with a package manager (`Homebrew <https://brew.sh/>`_,
`MacPorts <https://www.macports.org>`_).
#. Install `rtlcss`:
.. code-block:: console
$ sudo npm install -g rtlcss
.. warning::
`wkhtmltopdf` is not installed through **pip** and must be installed manually in `version 0.12.6
<https://github.com/wkhtmltopdf/packaging/releases/tag/0.12.6.1-3>`_ for it to support headers
and footers. Check out the `wkhtmltopdf wiki <https://github.com/odoo/odoo/wiki/Wkhtmltopdf>`_
for more details on the various versions.
.. _install/source/running_odoo:
Running Odoo
------------
Once all dependencies are set up, Odoo can be launched by running `odoo-bin`, the command-line
interface of the server. It is located at the root of the Odoo Community directory.
To configure the server, either specify :ref:`command-line arguments <reference/cmdline/server>` or
a :ref:`configuration file <reference/cmdline/config>`.
.. tip::
For the Enterprise edition, add the path to the `enterprise` add-ons to the `addons-path`
argument. Note that it must come before the other paths in `addons-path` for add-ons to be loaded
correctly.
Common necessary configurations are:
- PostgreSQL user and password.
- Custom addon paths beyond the defaults to load custom modules.
A typical way to run the server would be:
.. tabs::
.. group-tab:: Linux
.. code-block:: console
$ cd /CommunityPath
$ python3 odoo-bin --addons-path=addons -d mydb
Where `CommunityPath` is the path of the Odoo Community installation, and `mydb` is the name
of the PostgreSQL database.
.. group-tab:: Windows
.. code-block:: doscon
C:\> cd CommunityPath/
C:\> python odoo-bin -r dbuser -w dbpassword --addons-path=addons -d mydb
Where `CommunityPath` is the path of the Odoo Community installation, `dbuser` is the
PostgreSQL login, `dbpassword` is the PostgreSQL password, and `mydb` is the name of the
PostgreSQL database.
.. group-tab:: Mac OS
.. code-block:: console
$ cd /CommunityPath
$ python3 odoo-bin --addons-path=addons -d mydb
Where `CommunityPath` is the path of the Odoo Community installation, and `mydb` is the name
of the PostgreSQL database.
After the server has started (the INFO log `odoo.modules.loading: Modules loaded.` is printed), open
http://localhost:8069 in a web browser and log into the Odoo database with the base administrator
account: use `admin` as the email and, again, `admin` as the password.
.. tip::
- From there, create and manage new :doc:`users <../../applications/general/users/manage_users>`.
- The user account used to log into Odoo's web interface differs from the :option:`--db_user
<odoo-bin -r>` CLI argument.
.. seealso::
:doc:`The list of CLI arguments for odoo-bin </developer/reference/cli>`
+89 -16
View File
@@ -25,13 +25,13 @@ To get started, go to `Microsoft's Azure Portal <https://portal.azure.com/>`_. L
:guilabel:`Microsoft Outlook Office 365` account if there is one, otherwise log in with the
personal :guilabel:`Microsoft account`. A user with administrative access to the Azure Settings
will need to connect and perform the following configuration. Next, navigate to the section
labeled :guilabel:`Manage Azure Active Directory`.
labeled :guilabel:`Manage Microsoft Entra ID` (formally *Azure Active Directory*).
Now, click on :guilabel:`Add (+)`, located in the top menu, and then select :guilabel:`App
registration`. On the :guilabel:`Register an application` screen, rename the :guilabel:`Name` to
`Odoo` or something recognizable. Under the :guilabel:`Supported account types` section select
:guilabel:`Accounts in any organizational directory (Any Azure AD directory - Multitenant) and
personal Microsoft accounts (e.g. Skype, Xbox)`.
:guilabel:`Accounts in any organizational directory (Any Microsoft Entra ID directory - Multitenant)
and personal Microsoft accounts (e.g. Skype, Xbox)`.
Under the :guilabel:`Redirect URL` section, select :guilabel:`Web` as the platform, and then input
`https://<odoo base url>/microsoft_outlook/confirm` in the :guilabel:`URL` field. The Odoo base URL
@@ -188,23 +188,96 @@ configuration automatically loads the :guilabel:`token` in Odoo, and a tag stati
Finally, click :guilabel:`Test Connection`. A confirmation message should appear. The Odoo database
can now send safe, secure emails through Microsoft Outlook using OAuth authentication.
Multiple user configuration
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
.. _azure_oauth/notifications:
Each user should have a separate server set up. The :guilabel:`from-filter` should be set so that
only the user's email is sent from that server. In other words, only a user with an email address
that matches the set :guilabel:`from-filter` is able to use this server.
Configuration with a single outgoing mail server
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
After setting the :guilabel:`from-filter`, set up a fallback email account to allow for the sending
of :guilabel:`notifications`. The fallback email must be configured as a :guilabel:`general
transactional server`. The :guilabel:`mail.default.from` system parameter must be set to the
:guilabel:`username` of the general transactional server account. For more information see
:ref:`Use a default email address <email_communication/default>`.
Configuring a single outgoing server is the simplest configuration available for Microsoft Azure
and it doesn't require extensive access rights for the users in the database.
A generic email address would be used to send emails for all users within the database. For example
it could be structured with a `notifications` alias (`notifications@example.com`) or `contact` alias
(`contact@example.com`). This address must be set as the :guilabel:`FROM Filtering` on the server.
This address must also match the `{mail.default.from}@{mail.catchall.domain}` key combination in the
system parameters.
.. seealso::
For more information on the from filter visit: :ref:`email_communication/default`.
.. note::
The :guilabel:`System Parameters` can be accessed by activating
:doc:`../../applications/general/developer_mode` in the :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical
--> Parameters --> System Parameters` menu.
The :guilabel:`System Parameters` can be accessed by activating :ref:`developer-mode` in the
:menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Parameters --> System Parameters` menu.
When using this configuration, every email that is sent from the database will use the address of
the configured `notification` mailbox. However it should be noted that the name of the sender will
appear but their email address will change:
.. image:: azure_oauth/from-name-remain.png
:align: center
:alt: Name from real sender with static email.
.. example::
Single outgoing mail server configuration:
- Outgoing mail server **username** (login) = `notifications@example.com`
- Outgoing mail server :guilabel:`FROM Filtering` = `notifications@example.com`
- `mail.catchall.domain` in system parameters = `example.com`
- `mail.default.from` in system parameters = `notifications`
User-specific (multiple user) configuration
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
In addition to a generic email server, individual email servers can be set up for users in a
database. These email addresses must be set as the :guilabel:`FROM Filtering` on each individual
server for this configuration to work.
This configuration is the more difficult of the two Microsoft Azure configurations, in that it
requires all users configured with email servers to have access rights to settings in order to
establish a connection to the email server.
Setup
*****
Each user should have a separate email server set up. The :guilabel:`FROM Filtering` should be set
so that only the user's email is sent from that server. In other words, only a user with an email
address that matches the set :guilabel:`FROM Filtering` is able to use this server.
.. seealso::
For more information on the from filter visit: :ref:`email_communication/default`.
A :ref:`fallback server <azure_oauth/notifications>` must be setup to allow for the sending of
:guilabel:`notifications`. The :guilabel:`FROM Filtering` for this server should have the value of
the `{mail.default.from}@{mail.catchall.domain}`.
.. note::
The :guilabel:`System Parameters` can be accessed by activating :ref:`developer-mode` in the
:menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Parameters --> System Parameters` menu.
.. important::
The configuration for this transactional email server can work alongside an outgoing mass-mailing
email server. The :guilabel:`FROM Filtering` for the mass-mailing email server can remain empty,
but it's require to be added in the settings of the *Email Marketing* application.
.. seealso::
For more information on setting the mass-mailing email server visit
:ref:`email_communication/mass_mails`.
.. example::
Multiple user outgoing mail server configuration:
- User #1 mailbox
- Outgoing mail server #1 **username** (login) = `john@example.com`
- Outgoing mail server #1 :guilabel:`FROM Filtering` = `john@example.com`
- User #2 mailbox
- Outgoing mail server #2 **username** (login) = `jane@example.com`
- Outgoing mail server #2 :guilabel:`FROM Filtering` = `jane@example.com`
- Notifications mailbox
- Outgoing mail server #3 **username** (login) = `notifications@example.com`
- Outgoing mail server #3 :guilabel:`FROM Filtering` = `notifications@example.com`
- System Parameters
- `mail.catchall.domain` in system parameters = `example.com`
- `mail.default.from` in system parameters = `notifications`
Configure incoming email server
-------------------------------
Binary file not shown.

After

Width:  |  Height:  |  Size: 2.8 KiB

@@ -115,7 +115,7 @@ name with your website <domain-name/website-map>`.
.. note::
- Free domain names are also available for free Odoo Online databases (if you installed one app
only, for example). In this case, Odoo reviews your request and your website to avoid abuse.
This process may take up to three days.
This process can take several days due to the success of the offer.
- This is not available for Odoo.sh databases yet.
.. _domain-name/odoo-manage:
@@ -61,7 +61,7 @@ have your own favourite. You may need to adapt sections to your usual workflow.
* Shutdown your server
* Backup your community database
* Update the ``--addons-path`` parameter of your launch command (see :ref:`setup/install/source`)
* Update the ``--addons-path`` parameter of your launch command (see :doc:`../install/source`)
* Install the web_enterprise module by using
.. code-block:: console
@@ -1,87 +1,111 @@
.. _db_management/hosting_changes:
=======================
Change hosting solution
=======================
You may want to move your Odoo database from one hosting solution to another.
Depending on the platforms, you have to do it by yourself or contact our support team first.
The instructions to change the hosting type of a database depend on the current solution used and to
which solution the database should be moved.
From on-premises to Odoo Online
===============================
Transferring an on-premise database
===================================
1. Create a :ref:`duplicate <duplicate_premise>` of your database: in this duplicate, uninstall all the **non-standard apps**.
2. Grab a "dump with filestore" of your database by using the Database Manager.
3. **If you have time constraints, contact us earlier to schedule the transfer.**
4. `Create a support ticket <https://www.odoo.com/help>`_ and attach the dump (if the file is too large, use any file transfer service and attach the link to your ticket). Also include your subscription number and the URL you want to use for your database (e.g.: my-company.odoo.com).
5. We will make sure your database is compatible and upload it to our cloud. In case of technical issues, we will get in touch with you.
6. It's done!
To Odoo Online
--------------
.. important::
- Odoo Online is not compatible with **non-standard apps**.
- The database you are moving to Odoo Online must be in a :doc:`supported version
<supported_versions>`.
- Odoo Online is *not* compatible with **non-standard apps**.
- The database's current version must be :doc:`supported <supported_versions>`.
From on-premises to Odoo.sh
===========================
#. Create a :ref:`duplicate <duplicate_premise>` of the database.
#. In this duplicate, uninstall all **non-standard apps**.
#. Use the database manager to grab a *dump with filestore*.
#. `Submit a support ticket <https://www.odoo.com/help>`_ including the following:
1. Follow the :ref:`Import your database section of the Odoo.sh documentation <odoo_sh_import_your_database>`.
2. ...and voilà!
- your **subscription number**,
- the **URL** you want to use for the database (e.g., `company.odoo.com`), and
- the **dump** as an attachment or as a link to the file (required for 60 MB+ files).
From Odoo Online to on-premises
===============================
1. Log into `your Odoo Online user portal <https://accounts.odoo.com/my/databases/manage>`_ and look for the version number of your database.
2. If your database does not run a :ref:`major version <supported_versions>` of Odoo, you cannot host it on-premises yet, you have to upgrade it first to a new major version. (*e.g.: If your database runs Odoo 12.3 which is not a major version, you have to upgrade it first to Odoo 13.0 or 14.0.*)
3. Download a backup of your database by clicking on the "Gear" icon next to your database name then :menuselection:`Download` (if the download fails due to your backup file being too large, contact `our support <https://www.odoo.com/help>`_)
4. Restore it from the database manager on your local server.
From Odoo Online to Odoo.sh
===========================
1. Log into `your Odoo Online user portal <https://accounts.odoo.com/my/databases/manage>`_ and look for the version number of your database.
2. If your database does not run a :ref:`major version <supported_versions>` of Odoo, you cannot host it on Odoo.sh yet, you have to upgrade it first to a new major version. (*e.g.: If your database runs Odoo 12.3 which is not a major version, you have to upgrade it first to Odoo 13.0 or 14.0.*)
3. Download a backup of your database by clicking on the "Gear" icon next to your database name then :menuselection:`Download` (if the download fails due to your backup file being too large, contact `our support <https://www.odoo.com/help>`_)
4. Follow the :ref:`Import your database section of the Odoo.sh documentation <odoo_sh_import_your_database>`.
From Odoo.sh to Odoo Online
===========================
#. Uninstall all the **non-standard apps**.
#. `Create a support ticket <https://www.odoo.com/help>`_ and include the following:
- Your subscription number
- The URL you want to use for your database (e.g., `example.odoo.com`)
- Which branch you want to migrate
- In which region you want to be hosted:
- Americas
- Europe
- Asia
- Which user(s) will be the administrator(s)
- When (and in which timezone) you want the database to be up and running
#. We will make sure your database is compatible and upload it to our cloud. In case of technical
issues, we will get in touch with you.
#. All done!
.. important::
- Odoo Online is not compatible with **non-standard apps**.
- Make sure to uninstall all the **non-standard apps** in a staging build before doing it in your
production build.
#. Odoo then makes sure the database is compatible before putting it online. In case of technical
issues during the process, Odoo might contact you.
.. note::
- Make sure you select the **region** that is closest to your users to reduce latency.
- The future **administrator(s)** must have an odoo.com account.
- The specific **date and time** at which you want the database to be up and running are mainly
helpful to organize the switch from the odoo.sh server to the Odoo Online servers.
If you have time constraints, `submit a support ticket <https://www.odoo.com/help>`_ as soon as
possible to schedule the transfer.
To Odoo.sh
----------
Follow the instructions found in :ref:`the Import your database section
<odoo_sh_import_your_database>` of the Odoo.sh *Create your project* documentation.
Transferring an Odoo Online database
====================================
.. important::
Odoo Online's :ref:`intermediary versions <supported_versions>` cannot be hosted on-premise as
that type of hosting does not support those versions. Therefore, if the database to transfer
is running an intermediary version, it must be upgraded first to the next :ref:`major version
<supported_versions>`, waiting for its release if necessary.
.. example::
Transferring an online database running on Odoo 16.3 would require first upgrading it to Odoo
17.0.
.. tip::
Click the gear icon (:guilabel:`⚙`) next to the database name on the `Odoo Online database
manager <https://www.odoo.com/my/databases/>`_ to display its version number.
To on-premise
-------------
#. Sign in to `the Odoo Online database manager <https://www.odoo.com/my/databases/>`_ and click the
gear icon (:guilabel:`⚙`) next to the database name to :guilabel:`Download` a backup. If the
download fails due to the file being too large, `contact Odoo support
<https://www.odoo.com/help>`_.
#. Restore the database from the database manager on your local server using the backup.
To Odoo.sh
----------
#. Sign in to `the Odoo Online database manager <https://www.odoo.com/my/databases/>`_ and click the
gear icon (:guilabel:`⚙`) next to the database name to :guilabel:`Download` a backup. If the
download fails due to the file being too large, `contact Odoo support
<https://www.odoo.com/help>`_.
#. Follow the instructions found in :ref:`the Import your database section
<odoo_sh_import_your_database>` of the Odoo.sh *Create your project* documentation.
Transferring an Odoo.sh database
================================
To Odoo Online
--------------
.. important::
Odoo Online is *not* compatible with **non-standard apps**.
#. Uninstall all **non-standard apps** in a staging build before doing it in the production build.
#. `Create a support ticket <https://www.odoo.com/help>`_ including the following:
- your **subscription number**,
- the **URL** you want to use for the database (e.g., `company.odoo.com`),
- which **branch** should be migrated,
- in which **region** you want the database to be hosted (Americas, Europe, or Asia),
- which user(s) will be the **administrator(s)**, and
- **when** (and in which timezone) you want the database to be up and running.
#. Odoo then makes sure the database is compatible before putting it online. In case of technical
issues during the process, Odoo might contact you.
.. note::
- If you have time constraints, `submit a support ticket <https://www.odoo.com/help>`_ as soon as
possible to schedule the transfer.
- Select the **region** closest to most of your users to reduce latency.
- Future **administrator(s)** must have an Odoo.com account.
- The **date and time** you want the database to be up and running are helpful to organize the
switch from the Odoo.sh server to the Odoo Online servers.
- Databases are **not reachable** during their migration.
- **If you have time constraints, contact us earlier to schedule the transfer**.
From Odoo.sh to on-premises
===========================
To on-premise
-------------
1. Grab a :ref:`backup of your Odoo.sh production database <odoo_sh_branches_backups>`.
2. Restore it from the database manager on your local server.
#. Download a :ref:`backup of your Odoo.sh production database <odoo_sh_branches_backups>`.
#. Restore the database from the database manager on your local server using the backup.
@@ -30,8 +30,8 @@ Upgrade
Trigger a database upgrade.
.. seealso::
For more information about the upgrade process, check out the :doc:`Odoo Online upgrade
documentation <../upgrade/odoo_online>`.
For more information about the upgrade process, check out the :ref:`Odoo Online upgrade
documentation <upgrade/request-test-database>`.
.. _odoo_online/duplicate:
@@ -129,6 +129,5 @@ users, click :guilabel:`Add more users`.
To remove users, select them and click :guilabel:`Remove`.
.. seealso::
- :doc:`../../applications/general/users/manage_users`
- :doc:`../../applications/general/users/delete_account`
- :doc:`/applications/general/users/manage_users`
- :doc:`/applications/general/users/odoo_account`
@@ -1,3 +1,4 @@
:hide-page-toc:
.. _supported_versions:
@@ -16,9 +17,6 @@ Odoo provides support and bug fixing **for the 3 last major versions** of Odoo.
- Online versions are *not* released for Odoo.sh and On-Premise installations.
- Online versions are listed below as *SaaS*.
What's the support status of my Odoo?
=====================================
This matrix shows the support status of every version.
**Major releases are in bold type.**
@@ -33,30 +31,42 @@ This matrix shows the support status of every version.
- On-Premise
- Release date
- End of support
* - Odoo saas~16.3
* - **Odoo 17.0**
- |green|
- |green|
- |green|
- November 2023
- November 2026 (planned)
* - Odoo saas~16.4
- |green|
- N/A
- N/A
- August 2023
-
* - Odoo saas~16.3
- |red|
- N/A
- N/A
- June 2023
- September 2023 (planned)
-
* - Odoo saas~16.2
- |green|
- |red|
- N/A
- N/A
- March 2023
- July 2023 (planned)
-
* - Odoo saas~16.1
- |red|
- N/A
- N/A
- February 2023
- April 2023
-
* - **Odoo 16.0**
- |green|
- |green|
- |green|
- October 2022
- October 2025 (planned)
- November 2025 (planned)
* - Odoo saas~15.2
- |red|
- N/A
@@ -74,87 +84,27 @@ This matrix shows the support status of every version.
- |green|
- |green|
- October 2021
- October 2024 (planned)
- November 2024 (planned)
* - **Odoo 14.0**
- |green|
- |green|
- |green|
- |red|
- |red|
- |red|
- October 2020
- October 2023 (planned)
- November 2023
* - **Odoo 13.0**
- |red|
- |red|
- |red|
- October 2019
- October 2022
* - Odoo saas~12.3
- |red|
- N/A
- N/A
- August 2019
-
* - **Odoo 12.0**
* - Older versions
- |red|
- |red|
- |red|
- October 2018
- October 2021
* - Odoo saas~11.3
- |red|
- N/A
- N/A
- April 2018
-
* - **Odoo 11.0**
- |red|
- |red|
- |red|
- October 2017
- October 2020
* - Odoo 10.saas~15
- |red|
- N/A
- N/A
- March 2017
-
* - Odoo 10.saas~14
- |red|
- N/A
- N/A
- January 2017
-
* - **Odoo 10.0**
- |red|
- |red|
- |red|
- October 2016
- October 2019
* - Odoo 9.saas~11
- |red|
- N/A
- N/A
- May 2016
-
* - **Odoo 9.0**
- |red|
- N/A
- |red|
- October 2015
- October 2018
* - Odoo 8.saas~6
- |red|
- N/A
- N/A
- February 2015
-
* - **Odoo 8.0**
- |red|
- N/A
- |red|
- September 2014
- October 2017
- Before 2019
- Before 2022
.. note::
.. admonition:: Legend
|green| Supported version
@@ -162,7 +112,9 @@ This matrix shows the support status of every version.
N/A Never released for this platform
🏁 Future version, not released yet
.. important::
Even though we don't support older versions, you can always `upgrade from any version
<https://upgrade.odoo.com/>`_.
.. |green| raw:: html
@@ -171,12 +123,3 @@ This matrix shows the support status of every version.
.. |red| raw:: html
<span class="text-danger" style="font-size: 32px; line-height: 0.5">●</span>
I run an older version of Odoo/OpenERP/TinyERP
==============================================
OpenERP 7.0, 6.1, 6.0 and 5.0 is not supported anymore, on any platform.
TinyERP 4.0, 3.0, 2.0 and 1.0 is not supported anymore, on any platform.
Even though we don't support older versions, you can always `upgrade from any version <https://upgrade.odoo.com/>`_.
+2 -2
View File
@@ -46,7 +46,7 @@ Updating Odoo is accomplished by simply reinstalling the latest version of your
Edition on top of your current installation. This will preserve your data without any alteration,
as long as you do not uninstall PostgreSQL (the database engine that comes with Odoo).
The main reference for updating is logically our :ref:`installation guide <setup/install>`,
The main reference for updating is logically our :doc:`installation guide <../install>`,
which explains the common installation methods.
Updating is also most appropriately accomplished by the person who deployed Odoo initially,
@@ -110,7 +110,7 @@ to replace the installation directory with a newer version. First download the l
from Odoo.com. They are updated daily and include the latest security fixes (see step #1)
After downloading the package, extract it to a temporary location on your server.
You will get a folder labelled with the version of the source code, for example "odoo-13.0+e.20190719",
You will get a folder labeled with the version of the source code, for example "odoo-13.0+e.20190719",
that contains a folder "odoo.egg-info" and the actual source code folder named "odoo" (for Odoo 10
and later) or "openerp" for older versions.
You can ignore the odoo.egg-info folder. Locate the folder where your current installation is deployed,
@@ -99,7 +99,7 @@ disable the tests or allow specific tests to be run with custom tags in the :ref
<odoosh-gettingstarted-branches-tabs-settings>`.
Similar to staging branches, the emails are not sent but are intercepted by a mailcatcher and
scheduled actions are not triggered as often is the database is not in use.
scheduled actions are not triggered as long as the database is not in use.
The databases created for development branches are meant to live around three days.
After that, they can be automatically garbage collected to make room for new databases without prior notice.
@@ -295,7 +295,7 @@ Upgrade
Available for production and staging branches for valid projects.
.. seealso::
:doc:`Upgrade - Odoo.sh <../../upgrade/odoo_sh>`
:doc:`Upgrade documentation <../../upgrade>`
.. _odoosh-gettingstarted-branches-tabs-settings:
@@ -85,7 +85,7 @@ From the Odoo.sh editor, in a terminal:
$ odoo-bin scaffold my_module ~/src/user/
Or, from your computer, if you have an :ref:`installation of Odoo <setup/install/source>`:
Or, from your computer, if you have an :doc:`installation of Odoo <../../install/source>`:
.. code-block:: bash
+341 -195
View File
@@ -1,226 +1,375 @@
:show-content:
.. |assistance-contact| replace::
If you need Odoo assistance on this matter, please get in touch with your Odoo Account Manager or
our `Sales department`_.
.. _Sales department: mailto:sales@odoo.com
=======
Upgrade
=======
.. toctree::
:titlesonly:
.. _administration/upgrade:
upgrade/odoo_online
upgrade/odoo_sh
upgrade/on_premise
upgrade/faq
An upgrade is the process of moving your database from an older version to a newer :doc:`supported
version <maintain/supported_versions>` (e.g., Odoo 14.0 to Odoo 16.0). Frequently upgrading is
essential as each version comes with new and improved features, bug fixes, and security patches.
An upgrade is switching to a newer version of Odoo (e.g., Odoo 14.0 to Odoo 15.0).
.. _upgrade_faq/rolling_release:
.. spoiler:: Automatic upgrades: Odoo Online's Rolling Release process
The Rolling Release process allows Odoo Online customers to upgrade their database directly from
a message prompt sent to the database administrator as soon as a new version is released. The
invitation to upgrade is only sent if no issues are detected during the automatic tests.
.. image:: upgrade/rr-upgrade-message.png
:alt: The upgrade message prompt on the top right of the database
It is strongly recommended to manually :ref:`test the upgrade first <upgrade/test_your_db>`.
Clicking :guilabel:`I want to test first` redirects to `the database manager
<https://www.odoo.com/my/databases/>`_, where it is possible to request an upgraded test database
and check it for any discrepancies.
It is **not** recommended to click :guilabel:`Upgrade Now` without testing first, as it
immediately triggers the live production database upgrade.
If the Rolling Release process detects an issue with the upgrade, it will be deactivated until
the issue is resolved.
An upgrade does not cover:
* Changing :ref:`editions <upgrade-faq/editions-change>` (i.e., Community to Enterprise edition)
* Switching :ref:`hosting type <upgrade-faq/hosting-types-switch>` (i.e., On-Premise to Odoo Online
or Odoo.sh)
* Migration from another ERP to Odoo
- Downgrading to a previous version of Odoo
- :doc:`Switching editions <maintain/enterprise>` (e.g., from Community to Enterprise)
- :doc:`Changing hosting type </administration/maintain/hosting_changes>` (e.g., from on-premise
to Odoo Online)
- Migrating from another ERP to Odoo
.. note:: |assistance-contact|
.. warning::
If your database contains a **custom module**, you must first upgrade its source code to be
compatible with the new version of Odoo **before upgrading**.
.. TODOUPG : once the page for developers is published, uncomment and link
.. :doc:`first upgrade its source code </developer/reference/upgrade>`
.. seealso::
- :ref:`upgrade/sla`
.. _upgrade/process-workflow:
Upgrading in a nutshell
-----------------------
Process workflow
================
#. Request an upgraded test database (see :ref:`obtaining an upgraded test database
<upgrade/request-test-database>`).
The upgrade process in a nutshell:
#. Thoroughly test the upgraded database (see :ref:`testing the new version of the database
<upgrade/test_your_db>`).
#. You create a test upgrade request.
#. Odoo processes the request automatically by running the database through an upgrade script, which
takes between 20 and 120 minutes.
#. Odoo delivers a test database.
#. You test your database for possible discrepancies (see :ref:`upgrade/test-guidance`).
#. If there are any discrepancies, you report them to the Upgrade support team via the help portal
(see :ref:`upgrade/test-assistance`).
#. We fix the issues and send you a new test database.
#. Once you have completed the testing and are happy with the result, you decide on a date and time
when you stop users from accessing Odoo, freeze all data entries, and create an upgrade request
for the production upgrade.
#. Odoo delivers the production database through the automated process.
#. You restore it in your Production environment a few short hours later and continue working on the
newly upgraded database (this is done automatically on Odoo Online).
#. Report any issue encountered during the testing to Odoo via the `support page
<https://odoo.com/help?stage=migration>`__.
.. seealso::
- :doc:`Upgrade process for Odoo Online <upgrade/odoo_online>`
- :doc:`Upgrade process for Odoo.sh <upgrade/odoo_sh>`
- :doc:`Upgrade process for On-Premise <upgrade/on_premise>`
#. (If applicable) : upgrade the source code of your custom module to be compatible with the new
version of Odoo.
.. _upgrade/testing-phase:
#. Once all issues are resolved and you are confident that the upgraded database can be used as
your main database without any issues, plan the upgrade of your production database.
Testing
=======
#. Request the upgrade for the production database, rendering it unavailable for the time it takes
to complete the process (see :ref:`upgrading the production database <upgrade/upgrade-prod>`).
This phase allows you to review an upgraded version of your database without affecting your
production database in any way. We suggest that you run the test upgrade process at least once, but
you can do it as many times as you need (one at a time).
#. Report any issue encountered during the upgrade to Odoo via the `support page
<https://odoo.com/help?stage=post_upgrade>`__.
Once you receive your upgraded test database, check that all data, processes, and functionality are
still correct and working as expected.
.. TODOUPG: Once the page for developers is published, put this at 4)
.. (see :ref:`upgrading customizations <upgrade/upgrading_customizations>`).
If you do find discrepancies, :ref:`report your issues <upgrade/test-assistance>` and :ref:`request
a new test database <upgrade/test-db-request>` when the reported issues are fixed in the upgrade
script.
.. _upgrade/request-test-database:
If you do not find any discrepancies, you can move on to the upgrade of your production database.
.. important::
A test database is only intended for testing and remains completely unrelated to your present or
future production database. Any data you add, or changes you make, will not be reflected in your
upgraded production database.
.. note::
Test databases are neutered and features are disabled to prevent them from having an impact on
the production database:
#. The serial number of the database is modified (to prevent it from sending information as if it
was the production database).
#. The :ref:`base URL of the database <domain-name/web-base-url>` is reset to
``http://localhost:8069`` and the email domain to ``localhost``.
#. Scheduled actions are disabled (the calendar synchronization, the bank statement
synchronization, the planned automated actions, the fetching of incoming mail servers, etc.).
#. Outgoing mail servers are disabled by archiving the existing ones and adding a
fake/non-working one.
#. Payment providers and delivery carriers are reset to test environment.
#. Accounting localization Electronic Data Interchange (EDI) services are disabled.
#. A system parameter is set to tell the database has been neutered.
.. _upgrade/test-db-request:
Request a test database
=======================
Follow the instructions available per hosting type on the `website form
<https://upgrade.odoo.com>`_ and select *Testing* purpose.
.. image:: upgrade/test-purpose.png
:align: center
:alt: Selection of the "Testing" purpose in the upgrade form on Odoo
.. _upgrade/test-guidance:
Test guidance
=============
Every business and organization has its own operational needs and has to test its specific Odoo
database individually. We recommend you look at `the test scenario
<https://docs.google.com/document/d/1ypNs7JKPOsjNbKpdiKFH7Al6g6whZ9jr7f7duAQ5E1w/>`_ for further
information.
.. todo:: change link "test scenario" once the related doc is published
.. _upgrade/test-assistance:
Assistance
----------
If you encounter an issue in the **test database**, please get in touch with Odoo Upgrade Support
via the `Odoo Support page <https://www.odoo.com/help>`_.
Under the *Ticket Description* section, select *An issue related to my upgrade* ticket type.
.. image:: upgrade/test-assistance.png
:align: center
:alt: Selection of "An issue related to my upgrade" as Ticket Type in the support form on Odoo
.. warning::
If you choose another *Ticket Description* type, the request will be redirected to another
team. This will slow down the processing and response time.
Please provide as much detail as you can (i.e., videos and screenshots to illustrate your issue).
This will avoid clarifying questions and speed up the resolution process significantly.
.. note::
* The purpose of the test phase is not to correct existing data or configurations in your
database.
* |assistance-contact|
.. _upgrade/steps-production:
The production launch
=====================
The production upgrade request is when you decide to upgrade your current database with all your
production data (invoices, VAT returns, inventories, current orders) to a new version of your
choice.
After your :ref:`tests <upgrade/testing-phase>` are completed to your satisfaction, submit the
request to upgrade your production database via our `website form <https://upgrade.odoo.com>`_.
Select *Production* purpose.
.. important::
Going into production without first testing may lead to:
- business interruptions (e.g., no longer having the possibility to validate an action)
- poor customer experiences (e.g., an eCommerce website that does not work correctly)
.. _upgrade/production-assistance:
Assistance
----------
If you encounter issues or problems in the **production database**, please get in touch with **Odoo
Support**:
#. Connect to our `Odoo Support page <https://www.odoo.com/help>`_.
#. Under the *Ticket Description* section, select the appropriate type related to your issue but
**do not select** the option *An issue related to my upgrade*.
.. note::
After upgrading to production, the support will be provided by the Support team instead of the
Upgrade team.
#. Please provide as much detail as you can (i.e., videos and screenshots to illustrate your issue).
This will avoid clarifying questions and speed up the resolution process significantly.
.. warning::
If you choose *An issue related to my upgrade* as ticket type, the request will be redirected
to another team than the support one and will slow down the processing and response time.
.. _upgrade/assistance:
Help
====
.. _upgrade/contact:
Contact our upgrade service support
Obtaining an upgraded test database
-----------------------------------
Should you have any more questions about the upgrade, do not hesitate to send a message to `Odoo
Upgrade Team <mailto:upgrade@odoo.com>`_. We will be happy to answer it as soon as possible.
The `Upgrade page <https://upgrade.odoo.com/>`_ is the main platform for requesting an upgraded
database. However, depending on the hosting type, you can upgrade from the command line
(on-premise), the `Odoo Online database manager <https://odoo.com/my/databases>`_, or your `Odoo.sh
project <https://odoo.sh/project>`_.
.. _upgrade/supported-versions:
.. note::
The Upgrade platform follows the same `Privacy Policy <https://www.odoo.com/privacy>`_ as the
other Odoo.com services. Visit the `General Data Protection Regulation page
<https://www.odoo.com/gdpr>`_ to learn more about how Odoo handles your data and privacy.
Supported versions
------------------
.. tabs::
Please note that Odoo provides support and bug fixing only for the three last major versions of
Odoo.
.. group-tab:: Odoo Online
This is a factor to take into consideration before upgrading. If you are on an older version, we
suggest you to prefer the most recent version to benefit from longer support (before having to
upgrade again).
Odoo Online databases can be manually upgraded via the `database manager
<https://odoo.com/my/databases>`_.
The database manager displays all databases associated with the user's account. Databases
not on the most recent version of Odoo display an arrow in a circle icon next to their name,
indicating that they can be upgraded.
.. image:: upgrade/databases-page.png
:alt: The database manager with an upgrade button next to the name of a database.
Click the **arrow in a circle** icon to start the upgrade process. In the popup, fill in:
- The **version** of Odoo you want to upgrade to, usually the latest version
- The **email** address that should receive the link to the upgraded database
- The :guilabel:`Purpose` of the upgrade, which is automatically set to :guilabel:`Test` for
your first upgrade request
.. image:: upgrade/upgrade-popup.png
:alt: The "Upgrade your database" popup.
The :guilabel:`Upgrade in progress` tag is displayed next to the database name until
completion. Once the process succeeds, an email containing a link to the upgraded test
database is sent to the address provided. The database can also be accessed from the database
manager by clicking the dropdown arrow before the database name.
.. image:: upgrade/access-upgraded-db.png
:alt: Clicking the menu arrow displays the upgraded test database.
.. group-tab:: Odoo.sh
Odoo.sh is integrated with the upgrade platform to simplify the upgrade process.
.. image:: upgrade/odoo-sh-staging.png
:alt: Odoo.sh project and tabs
The **latest production daily automatic backup** is then sent to the `upgrade platform
<https://upgrade.odoo.com>`_.
Once the upgrade platform is done upgrading the backup and uploading it on the branch, it is
put in a **special mode**: each time a **commit is pushed** on the branch, a **restore
operation** of the upgraded backup and an **update of all the custom modules** occur. This
allows you to test your custom modules on a pristine copy of the upgraded database. The log
file of the upgrade process can be found in your newly upgraded staging build by going to
:file:`~/logs/upgrade.log`.
.. note::
In databases where custom modules are installed, their source code
must be up-to-date with the target version of Odoo before the upgrade
can be performed. If there are none, the "update on commit" mode is
skipped, the upgraded database is built as soon as it is transferred from the upgrade
platform, and the upgrade mode is exited.
.. TODOUPG : once the page for developers is published, uncomment
.. Check out the :doc:`upgrade for developers'
.. documentation </developer/reference/upgrade>` for more information. In
.. addition, if a module is not needed after an upgrade, :ref:`you can
.. remove customizations <upgrade/remove_customizations>`.
.. group-tab:: On-premise
The standard upgrade process can be initiated by entering the following command line on the
machine where the database is hosted:
.. code-block:: console
$ python <(curl -s https://upgrade.odoo.com/upgrade) test -d <your db name> -t <target version>
The following command can be used to display the general help and the main commands:
.. code-block:: console
$ python <(curl -s https://upgrade.odoo.com/upgrade) --help
An upgraded test database can also be requested via the `Upgrade page
<https://upgrade.odoo.com/>`_.
.. note::
- For security reasons, only the person who submitted the upgrade request can download it.
- For storage reasons, the database's copy is submitted without a filestore to the upgrade
server. Therefore, the upgraded database does not contain the production filestore.
- Before restoring the upgraded database, its filestore must be merged with the production
filestore to be able to perform tests in the same conditions as it would be in the new
version.
- The upgraded database contains:
- A `dump.sql` file containing the upgraded database
- A `filestore` folder containing files extracted from in-database records into
attachments (if there are any) and new standard Odoo files from the targeted Odoo
version (e.g., new images, icons, payment provider's logos, etc.).
This is the folder that should be merged with the production filestore
in order to get the full upgraded filestore.
.. note::
You can request multiple test databases if you wish to test an upgrade more than once.
.. _upgrade/upgrade_report:
.. note::
When an upgrade request is completed, an upgrade report is attached to the successful upgrade
email, and it becomes available in the Discuss app for users who are part of the "Administration
/ Settings" group. This report provides important information about the changes introduced by
the new version.
.. _upgrade/test_your_db:
Testing the new version of the database
---------------------------------------
It is essential to spend some time testing the upgraded test database to ensure that you are not
stuck in your day-to-day activities by a change in views, behavior, or an error message once the
upgrade goes live.
.. note::
Test databases are neutralized, and some features are disabled to prevent them from impacting the
production database:
#. Scheduled actions are disabled.
#. Outgoing mail servers are disabled by archiving the existing ones and adding a fake one.
#. Payment providers and delivery carriers are reset to the test environment.
#. Bank synchronization is disabled. Should you want to test the synchronization, contact your
bank synchronization provider to get sandbox credentials.
Testing as many of your business flows as possible is strongly recommended to ensure they are
working correctly and to get more familiar with the new version.
.. admonition:: Basic test checklist
- Are there views that are deactivated in your test database but active in your production
database?
- Are your usual views still displayed correctly?
- Are your reports (invoice, sales order, etc.) correctly generated?
- Are your website pages working correctly?
- Are you able to create and modify records? (sales orders, invoices, purchases, users, contacts,
companies, etc.)
- Are there any issues with your mail templates?
- Are there any issues with saved translations?
- Are your search filters still present?
- Can you export your data?
.. spoiler:: Example of end-to-end testing
- Checking a random product in your product catalog and comparing its test and production data to
verify everything is the same (product category, selling price, cost price, vendor, accounts,
routes, etc.).
- Buying this product (Purchase app).
- Confirming the reception of this product (Inventory app).
- Checking if the route to receive this product is the same in your production database
(Inventory app).
- Selling this product (Sales app) to a random customer.
- Opening your customer database (Contacts app), selecting a customer (or company), and checking
its data.
- Shipping this product (Inventory app).
- Checking if the route to ship this product is the same as in your production database
(Inventory app).
- Validating a customer invoice (Invoicing or Accounting app).
- Crediting the invoice (issuing a credit note) and checking if it behaves as in your production
database.
- Checking your reports' results (Accounting app).
- Randomly checking your taxes, currencies, bank accounts, and fiscal year (Accounting app).
- Making an online order (Website apps) from the product selection in your shop until the
checkout process and checking if everything behaves as in your production database.
This list is **not** exhaustive. Extend the example to your other apps based on your use of Odoo.
If you face an issue while testing your upgraded test database, you can request the assistance of
Odoo via the `support page <https://odoo.com/help?stage=migration>`__ by selecting the option
related to testing the upgrade. In any case, it is essential to report any
problem encountered during the testing to fix it before upgrading your production database.
You might encounter significant differences with standard views, features, fields, and models during
testing. Those changes cannot be reverted on a case-by-case basis. However, if a change introduced
by a new version breaks a customization, it is the responsibility of the maintainer of your custom
module to make it compatible with the new version of Odoo.
.. tip::
Do not forget to test:
- Integrations with external software (EDI, APIs, etc.)
- Workflows between different apps (online sales with eCommerce, converting a lead all the way to
a sales order, delivery of products, etc.)
- Data exports
- Automated actions
- Server actions in the action menu on form views, as well as by selecting multiple records on
list views
.. _upgrade/upgrade-prod:
Upgrading the production database
---------------------------------
Once the :ref:`tests <upgrade/test_your_db>` are completed and you are confident that the upgraded
database can be used as your main database without any issues, it is time to plan the go-live day. It
can be planned in coordination with Odoo's upgrade support analysts, reachable via the `support page
<https://odoo.com/help>`__.
Your production database will be unavailable during its upgrade. Therefore, we recommend planning
the upgrade at a time when the use of the database is minimal.
As the standard upgrade scripts and your database are constantly evolving, it is also recommended
to frequently request another upgraded test database to ensure that the upgrade process is
still successful, especially if it takes a long time to finish. Fully rehearsing the upgrade
process the day before upgrading the production database is also recommended.
.. important::
- Going into production without first testing may lead to:
- Users failing to adjust to the changes and new features
- Business interruptions (e.g., no longer having the possibility to validate an action)
- Poor customer experience (e.g., an eCommerce website that does not work correctly)
The process of upgrading a production database is similar to upgrading a test database with a few
exceptions.
.. tabs::
.. group-tab:: Odoo Online
The process is similar to :ref:`obtaining an upgraded test database
<upgrade/request-test-database>`, except for the purpose option, which must be set to
:guilabel:`Production` instead of :guilabel:`Test`.
.. warning::
Once the upgrade is requested, the database will be unavailable until the upgrade is
finished. Once the process is completed, it is impossible to revert to the previous
version.
.. group-tab:: Odoo.sh
The process is similar to :ref:`obtaining an upgraded test database
<upgrade/request-test-database>` on the :guilabel:`Production` branch.
.. image:: upgrade/odoo-sh-prod.png
:alt: View from the upgrade tab
The process is **triggered as soon as a new commit is made** on the branch. This
allows the upgrade process to be synchronized with the deployment of the custom modules'
upgraded source code.
If there are no custom modules, the upgrade process is triggered immediately.
.. important::
The database is unavailable throughout the process. If anything goes wrong, the platform
automatically reverts the upgrade, as it would be for a regular update. In case of success,
a backup of the database before the upgrade is created.
The update of your custom modules must be successful to complete the entire upgrade process.
Make sure the status of your staging upgrade is :guilabel:`successful` before trying it in
production.
.. TODOUPG : once the page for developers is published, uncomment
.. More information on how to upgrade your custom modules can be found in the :ref:`upgrading customizations documentation <upgrade/upgrading_customizations>`.
.. group-tab:: On-premise
The command to upgrade a database to production is similar to the one of upgrading a test
database except for the argument `test`, which must be replaced by `production`:
.. code-block:: console
$ python <(curl -s https://upgrade.odoo.com/upgrade) production -d <your db name> -t <target version>
An upgraded production database can also be requested via the `Upgrade page
<https://upgrade.odoo.com/>`_.
Once the database is uploaded, any modification to your production database will **not** be
present on your upgraded database. This is why we recommend not using it during the upgrade
process.
.. important::
When requesting an upgraded database for production purposes, the copy is submitted without
a filestore. Therefore, the upgraded database filestore must be merged with the production
filestore before deploying the new version.
In case of an issue with your production database, you can request the assistance of Odoo via the
`support page <https://odoo.com/help?stage=post_upgrade>`__ by selecting the option related to
the upgrade in production.
.. seealso::
:doc:`maintain/supported_versions`
.. _upgrade/sla:
Service-level agreement (SLA)
=============================
-----------------------------
With Odoo Enterprise, upgrading a database to the most recent version of Odoo is **free**, including
any support required to rectify potential discrepancies in the upgraded database.
@@ -230,7 +379,7 @@ Information about the upgrade services included in the Enterprise Licence is ava
upgrade services you can expect.
Upgrade services covered by the SLA
-----------------------------------
===================================
Databases hosted on Odoo's cloud platforms (Odoo Online and Odoo.sh) or self-hosted (On-Premise) can
benefit from upgrade services at all times for:
@@ -245,7 +394,7 @@ Upgrade services are limited to the technical conversion and adaptation of a dat
modules and data) to make it compatible with the version targeted by the upgrade.
Upgrade services not covered by the SLA
---------------------------------------
=======================================
The following upgrade-related services are **not** included:
@@ -256,9 +405,6 @@ The following upgrade-related services are **not** included:
<studio/automated-actions/action>`; and
- **training** on using the upgraded version's features and workflows.
.. note:: |assistance-contact|
.. seealso::
- :doc:`Upgrade FAQ <upgrade/faq>`
- :doc:`Odoo.sh documentation <odoo_sh>`
- :doc:`Supported Odoo versions <maintain/supported_versions>`
Binary file not shown.

After

Width:  |  Height:  |  Size: 2.9 KiB

Binary file not shown.

After

Width:  |  Height:  |  Size: 2.6 KiB

-228
View File
@@ -1,228 +0,0 @@
.. |assistance-contact| replace::
If you need Odoo assistance on this matter, please get in touch with your Odoo Account Manager or
our `Sales department`_.
.. _Sales department: mailto:sales@odoo.com
===
FAQ
===
.. _upgrade-faq/why:
Why upgrade
===========
* You benefit from the latest features of the :ref:`new major version
<upgrade-faq/release-notes>` released by Odoo.
* If you are in an :ref:`unsupported version <upgrade/supported-versions>`, you get a new version
with support.
.. _upgrade-faq/when:
When to upgrade
===============
Whenever you want. You can make your upgrade request as soon as a new version is released or when
your version turns unsupported, and you still wish to enjoy support.
.. _upgrade-faq/availability:
Availability of the new version
===============================
As soon as Odoo announces the release of a new major version, you can create a test upgrade request
to try the latest version. Please note that at this point, the upgrade scripts will only have been
tested with demo data. Please report any issue you might encounter while testing via the `Odoo
Support page <https://www.odoo.com/help>`_ and make sure to be happy with your test version before
requesting the upgrade of your database in production.
.. _upgrade-faq/duration:
Duration of the upgrade
=======================
It is impossible to give time estimates for every upgrade request.
In general, the "smaller" the database, the quickest the upgrade request is completed. A single-user
database that uses only CRM will be processed faster than a multi-company, multi-user database that
uses Accounting, Sales, Purchase, and Manufacturing.
You can expect the time it takes for the platform to upgrade the test database to be similar to the
production upgrade.
.. _upgrade-faq/project:
Duration of the upgrade project
-------------------------------
It depends on the user involvement (the time spent on testing, reporting problems, etc.) and the
issues encountered that might need to be addressed by our technical team.
So, in a nutshell, what can impact your upgrade lead time?
* Source & targeted versions
* Installed apps
* Volume of data
* Amount of customization (models, fields, methods, workflows, reports, website, etc.)
* Installation of new apps or configuration changes after the start of the test phase
* User commitment
.. _upgrade-faq/custom-modules:
Upgrade of the custom modules
=============================
As stated in our :doc:`/legal/terms/enterprise`, section :ref:`charges_standard`, this optional
service is subject to additional fees.
Depending on your situation, the custom code could be upgraded by our services, by one of our
partners, or you can do it yourself.
.. note:: |assistance-contact|
.. _upgrade-faq/upgrade-or-migration:
Upgrade or Migration
====================
An upgrade is switching to a newer version of Odoo, while a migration reflects the change of
:ref:`editions <upgrade-faq/editions-change>` or change of :ref:`hosting type
<upgrade-faq/hosting-types-switch>`.
.. note:: |assistance-contact|
.. _upgrade-faq/editions-change:
Editions change (from Community to Enterprise)
==============================================
The upgrade always returns an Enterprise edition of Odoo, whether the database you sent was a
community or enterprise edition. It is required to have an enterprise subscription to upgrade.
.. note::
If you need assistance on this matter, please contact us via the `Odoo Support page
<https://www.odoo.com/help>`_.
.. seealso::
- `Editions <https://www.odoo.com/page/editions>`_
.. _upgrade-faq/hosting-types-switch:
Switching the hosting types (On-premise vs. Odoo Online vs. Odoo.sh)
====================================================================
An upgrade does not cover a change of `Hosting types <https://www.odoo.com/page/hosting-types>`_.
Open the following link to get :doc:`more information about how to change your hosting type
<../maintain/hosting_changes>`.
.. note:: |assistance-contact|
.. _upgrade-faq/upgrade-report:
The Upgrade Report
==================
When an upgrade request completes successfully (test or production), you receive an email
notification about it that includes an 'Upgrade Report'. This report is also sent to you via the
Discuss app. It contains valuable information regarding changes that occurred during the upgrade.
While it serves as a guide to possible issues to look out for, it is not an exhaustive list. It
remains imperative that you test the upgraded database thoroughly and report any discrepancies you
might find, before you decide to upgrade your production database.
.. _upgrade-faq/custom-views:
Custom views
============
During the upgrade, some custom views might get disabled for technical reasons. Therefore they might
have to be fixed after the upgrade. The :ref:`Upgrade Report <upgrade-faq/upgrade-report>` that is
generated after the upgrade is available in the Discuss app, and lists all the custom views that
might be impacted by this.
.. _upgrade-faq/release-notes:
Release Notes by version
========================
Open our `Release Note <https://www.odoo.com/page/release-notes>`_ page to get a summary of the new
features and improvements made in each version.
How long is my test available for
=================================
An Odoo Online test database is available for one month by default. We can extend this trial period
upon request. For Odoo.sh or on-premise, there is no restriction.
How many tests to perform before upgrading to production?
=========================================================
As many as needed. When you are comfortable with the database, run a last test upgrade 48 hours
before requesting your production upgrade and test your workflows one last time.
How to/Where to report upgrade issues?
======================================
If you encounter issues during the upgrade process, please contact the Odoo Support through the
`Odoo Support page <https://www.odoo.com/help>`_.
- To report an issue discovered during the testing phase, please select **An issue related to my
upgrade (test phase)**.
- To report an issue discovered post-upgrade, please select **An issue related to my upgrade
(production)**.
Upgrading to production
=======================
Once you have completed testing and are happy with the result, you decide on a date and time when
you stop users from accessing Odoo, freeze all data entries, and create an upgrade request for the
production upgrade.
How is my data handled in the Upgrade Platform?
===============================================
The Odoo Upgrade platform uses the same Privacy Policy as the rest of Odoo.com services.
Your data is hosted on servers that follow our security guidelines, namely:
- SSL - All web connections to client instances are protected with 256-bit SSL encryption
(HTTPS with a 2048-bit modulus SSL certificate), and running behind Grade A SSL stacks. All our
certificate chains are using SHA-2 already.
- Safe System - Our servers are running recent Linux distribution with up-to-date security patches,
with firewall and intrusion countermeasures (not disclosed for obvious reasons).
Servers are located at the same locations as our Cloud providers with the following services:
- Restricted perimeter, physically accessed by authorized data center employees only
- Physical access control with security badges or biometrical security
- Security cameras monitoring the data center locations 24/7
- Security personnel on-site 24/7
The uploaded and migrated databases uploaded to the Upgrade platform are kept for up to 3 months and
are permanently deleted following that period.
You can learn more about privacy and data handling at Odoo by visiting our `General Data Protection
Regulation page <https://www.odoo.com/gdpr>`_.
Rolling Release (applicable to Odoo Online databases)
=====================================================
This feature allows customers to upgrade their database directly from a message prompt sent to the
database administrator as soon as the new version is released. Odoo first tests the upgrade to the
next version. The rolling release upgrade option is displayed if the automated tests are successful.
The message offers two options:
#. To 'Upgrade Now', which immediately triggers the upgrade of your live production database.
#. To take you to your `database manager <https://www.odoo.com/my/databases/>`_ where you can
`request an upgraded test database <https://upgrade.odoo.com/#online/>`_ and check the upgraded
test database for any discrepancies.
When you choose to proceed with the production upgrade directly, make sure all users have saved
their work and are logged out. The upgrade takes approximately 15 minutes. During this time your
database is unreachable. If you notice any problem after the upgrade, please report it via the `Odoo
Support page <https://www.odoo.com/help>`_.
.. note::
If you are using the Website or Studio app, we recommend you always do a test upgrade before
upgrading your production instance.
Binary file not shown.

After

Width:  |  Height:  |  Size: 35 KiB

Binary file not shown.

After

Width:  |  Height:  |  Size: 24 KiB

@@ -1,92 +0,0 @@
===========
Odoo Online
===========
Odoo databases can be manually upgraded directly from the main Odoo website. To upgrade an Odoo
database, navigate to the `database manager <https://www.odoo.com/my/databases>`_ page and sign in.
The database manager page displays all of the Odoo databases associated with the user's account. Any
databases that are not already on the most recent version of Odoo display an **arrow in a circle**
icon next to the database name, indicating that the database can be upgraded.
.. image:: odoo_online/databases-page.png
:align: center
:alt: The database manager page with an upgrade button next to the name of a database.
.. important::
- If the database's version is **lower** than the latest major release: the database must be
upgraded within two months. After these two months, an automatic upgrade is initiated.
- If the database's version is **equal** to or **higher** than the latest major release:
you can disregard the invitation to upgrade, as the database probably would not benefit from
new features every two months.
If a database is *not* on the latest online version, its administrator should receive an invitation
to upgrade on the database's dashboard, displayed as an **arrow in a circle**.
.. image:: odoo_online/database-notification.png
:alt: Invitation to upgrade on the database dashboard.
.. note::
Versions that are not supported anymore become deprecated and must be updated to avoid
security issues. It is recommended to initiate the upgrade yourself and not wait for the
automatic upgrade, as the former method allows you to request a test upgrade of the database to
check for any discrepancies.
Test database
=============
Click on the **arrow in a circle** icon to start the upgrade process. On the :guilabel:`Upgrade your
database` pop-up, select the version of Odoo that the platform will be upgraded to. In the
:guilabel:`Email to notify` field, enter an email address that will receive email notifications
about the database upgrade.
There is also a :guilabel:`Purpose` section on the pop-up that is used to specify the reason for the
upgrade. However, at this stage of the process, the only selectable option is :guilabel:`Test`, as
Odoo requires users to create a test copy of the upgraded database before converting the actual
database.
.. image:: odoo_online/upgrade-pop-up.png
:align: center
:alt: The "Upgrade your database" pop-up.
After filling out the form, click the :guilabel:`Upgrade` button. The pop-up disappears and the
database being upgraded shows a red :guilabel:`Upgrade in progress` tag next to its name. An email
confirming that the upgrade is in progress is also sent to the email address specified on the
pop-up.
.. image:: odoo_online/upgrade-in-progress.png
:align: center
:alt: The "Upgrade in progress" tag next to the database name.
Once the upgrade is complete, a new test database appears on the `database manager
<https://www.odoo.com/my/databases>`_ page. To access the test database, click the drop-down arrow
(:guilabel:`⯆`) to the left of the main database's name. Doing so makes the test version appear
below it. Finally, click the green :guilabel:`Connect` button on the right side of the test
version's row to go to the database.
.. image:: odoo_online/test-database.png
:align: center
:alt: A test database on the database manager page.
Except for being on the newer version of Odoo, the test database is an exact copy of the one being
upgraded. It is important to do extensive testing in this database to ensure that the upgrade has
not altered or corrupted any data, and that all workflows still proceed as expected.
Production database
===================
After confirming the integrity of the new version, return to the `database manager
<https://www.odoo.com/my/databases>`_ page. Once again, click on the **arrow in a circle** icon next
to the database being upgraded. The :guilabel:`Upgrade your database` pop-up appears as before,
except that there is now a :guilabel:`Production` option under the :guilabel:`Purpose` section.
Select the :guilabel:`Production` option and then click :guilabel:`Upgrade` to begin the upgrade
process. As before, a notification email is sent to the email address provided and a red
:guilabel:`Upgrade in progress` tag appears next to the name of the database.
The production database is then taken offline and will be upgraded automatically. The time it takes
to upgrade the production database should be similar to the time that was necessary to upgrade the
test database. Make sure to inform database users of the scheduled downtime.
After the upgrade is finished, the :guilabel:`Upgrade in progress` tag disappears and the database
is upgraded to the version specified.
Binary file not shown.

Before

Width:  |  Height:  |  Size: 51 KiB

Binary file not shown.

Before

Width:  |  Height:  |  Size: 5.6 KiB

Binary file not shown.

Before

Width:  |  Height:  |  Size: 8.3 KiB

Binary file not shown.

Before

Width:  |  Height:  |  Size: 6.2 KiB

Binary file not shown.

Before

Width:  |  Height:  |  Size: 15 KiB

-132
View File
@@ -1,132 +0,0 @@
=======
Odoo.sh
=======
.. _upgrade/odoo_sh/overview:
Overview
========
Odoo.sh is integrated with the upgrade platform to make the upgrade process easier.
.. note::
The :guilabel:`Upgrade` tab is available in the branches view. It is only available for valid
projects with a valid production build.
.. image:: odoo_sh/odoo-sh-menu.png
:align: center
:alt: Click on the upgrade menu
The suggested upgrade steps on Odoo.sh are:
#. On a :guilabel:`Development` branch, upgrade your custom modules to keep them compatible with the
new version and thoroughly **test them**.
#. Switch that branch to the :guilabel:`Staging` branch, **upgrade** the last daily production
backup and **test it**. Write upgrade scripts if necessary.
#. Trigger the production upgrade from your :guilabel:`Production` branch and sit tight.
.. seealso::
- :doc:`../../administration/upgrade`
- :doc:`Upgrade FAQ <../upgrade/faq>`
- :doc:`Introduction to Odoo.sh <../odoo_sh/overview/introduction>`
.. _upgrade/odoo_sh/custom-modules:
Upgrade your custom modules
===========================
The first step is to upgrade your custom modules to keep them compatible with the new version. Fork
your :guilabel:`Production` branch in the :guilabel:`Development` stage, then go to the settings of
your :guilabel:`Development` branch and select the Odoo version you target. If needed, modify your
code to be compatible with the new version. Make sure to **test** your features are still working
correctly.
.. note::
Depending on your contract, the upgrade of your custom modules can be done by yourself, by your
Partner or by Odoo (if you hold a subscription including maintenance of customizations).
.. _upgrade/odoo_sh/testing-phase:
Upgrade your database on a staging branch
=========================================
Take the upgraded development branch and drag & drop it to :guilabel:`Staging`.
Go to the :guilabel:`Upgrade` tab and select the :guilabel:`target version`. Then, click on
:guilabel:`Test Upgrade`.
.. image:: odoo_sh/odoo-sh-staging.png
:align: center
:alt: Odoo.sh project and tabs
The **latest production daily automatic backup** is sent to the
`upgrade platform <https://www.upgrade.odoo.com>`_ to start the upgrade test process.
.. note::
You can follow the upgrade process by going to the :guilabel:`Upgrade` menu of your
:guilabel:`Production` branch.
When the upgraded backup is ready on the `upgrade platform <https://www.upgrade.odoo.com>`_, it is
automatically downloaded back to your project.
The branch is now in a **special mode**: each time a **commit is pushed** on the branch, a
**restore operation** of the upgraded backup occurs, and an **update of all the custom modules**
happens. This allows you to quickly iterate on your custom modules upgrade scripts. The log file of
the upgrade process can be found at :file:`~/logs/upgrade.log` in your newly upgraded staging build.
.. note::
- The **special upgrade mode** is automatically closed after 30 days.
- It may happen that custom modules are no longer needed after an upgrade. Custom modules in the
upgraded database are set to be updated. If the modules are missing in the code, the update
fails, thus failing the whole process. An empty module with a manifest and possibly some custom
upgrade script are necessary to clean up the database. The complete removal of the module has
to be handled afterwards.
Functionally test your upgraded database
========================================
Now that the test upgraded database is available on your staging branch, **thoroughly test it** and
make sure everything runs as it's supposed to. Once you are satisfied with the result, you are ready
to upgrade your production database.
Production upgrade
==================
Once you are happy with your testing, you can start the process on the :guilabel:`Production`
branch.
On your :guilabel:`Production` branch, go to the :guilabel:`Upgrade` tab, select the
:guilabel:`targeted version` and click on the :guilabel:`start Upgrade` button.
.. image:: odoo_sh/odoo-sh-prod.png
:align: center
:alt: View from the upgrade tab
The actual process is **triggered as soon as you push a new commit** in your branch. Make sure you
are pushing code that is compatible with the new version. For example by merging the code from your
upgraded staging branch.
.. note::
You can see the progress of the upgrade by going to the :guilabel:`Upgrade` tab of the main
branch.
.. image:: odoo_sh/odoo-sh-progress.png
:align: center
:alt: View showing the progress of the upgrade
.. important::
Your database is unavailable throughout the process.
.. note::
If anything goes wrong, the platform automatically reverts the upgrade, the same as it would be
for a regular update. In case of success, a backup is always made.
The update of your custom modules must be successful to complete the entire upgrade process. Make
sure the status of your staging upgrade is :guilabel:`successful` before trying it in production.
.. note::
It may happen that custom modules are no longer needed after an upgrade. Custom modules in the
upgraded database are set to be updated. If the modules are missing in the code, the update
fails, thus failing the whole process. An empty module with a manifest and possibly some custom
upgrade script are necessary to clean up the database. The complete removal of the module has to
be handled afterwards.
Binary file not shown.

Before

Width:  |  Height:  |  Size: 4.3 KiB

Binary file not shown.

Before

Width:  |  Height:  |  Size: 42 KiB

Binary file not shown.

Before

Width:  |  Height:  |  Size: 69 KiB

Binary file not shown.

Before

Width:  |  Height:  |  Size: 31 KiB

@@ -1,59 +0,0 @@
==========
On-Premise
==========
Test upgrade request
====================
There are two ways to create your upgrade request.
Upgrade request via command line
--------------------------------
For technically-advanced users and partners, the upgrade process can be initiated via the following
command line on the server where the database is hosted:
:command:`python <(curl -s https://upgrade.odoo.com/upgrade) test -d <your db name> -t
<target version>`
The above command creates the database dump, sends it to the upgrade platform, and initiates the
automated upgrade process. During the upgrade, you can follow the live logs on your screen.
Once the upgrade process is completed successfully, the upgraded database is restored onto the
server (as a duplicate test database).
Upgrade request via the Odoo Upgrade Portal
-------------------------------------------
#. Download a recent copy of your database and select the option :guilabel:`pg_dump custom format
(without filestore)`.
#. Upload this dump file at https://upgrade.odoo.com and select *Testing* as the aim.
Odoo performs the automated upgrade process. Once it is completed, you receive an email with a
link to download the upgrade database dump file.
#. Import the upgraded database into your on-premise environment and manually test all processes and
workflows.
.. note::
- For security reasons, only the person who submitted the upgrade request is able to download it.
- Any problem found during testing should be reported via the `helpdesk
<https://odoo.com/help>`_.
Upgrade your production database
================================
Once you have completed the testing successfully, you can proceed to upgrade your live database in
production. Download your upgraded database from the link in the email and import it onto your live
environment.
Custom modules (if applicable)
==============================
The upgrade of a database that contains custom modules is a two-step process.
#. The standard upgrade is done when your upgrade request is completed.
#. Your custom modules also need to be upgraded to keep them compatible with the new version.
Depending on your contract, the upgrade of your custom modules can be done
#. by yourself.
#. by your Partner.
#. by Odoo (if you hold a subscription to 'Maintenance of Customizations').
Binary file not shown.

After

Width:  |  Height:  |  Size: 20 KiB

Binary file not shown.

Before

Width:  |  Height:  |  Size: 8.0 KiB

Binary file not shown.

Before

Width:  |  Height:  |  Size: 6.0 KiB

Binary file not shown.

After

Width:  |  Height:  |  Size: 17 KiB

+7 -2
View File
@@ -96,6 +96,12 @@ gains and losses after reconciling the journal items.
.. seealso::
:doc:`Manage a bank in a foreign currency <accounting/bank/foreign_currency>`
Branch management
=================
Multiple branches can be managed thanks to multi-company hierarchies. This allows to post journal
entries on each branch as well as setting up a common lock date managed by the main company.
International standards
=======================
@@ -203,8 +209,7 @@ available methods are standard price, average price, :abbr:`LIFO (Last-In, First
:abbr:`FIFO (First-In, First-Out).`
.. seealso::
:doc:`View the impact of the valuation methods on transactions
<../inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config>`
:doc:`../inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config`
Retained earnings
=================
@@ -85,6 +85,8 @@ You can edit the accounting information and bank account number according to you
- :doc:`get_started/multi_currency`
- :doc:`bank/transactions`
.. _bank_accounts/suspense:
Suspense account
----------------
@@ -51,19 +51,20 @@ Now you can search for your bank institution. Select it and follow the steps to
web browser doesn't block pop-ups and that your ad-blocker is disabled.
.. important::
When choosing the date for the first bank statement synchronization, pick the date when you
start recording accounting transaction on your Odoo accounting database. For example, if you
import your closing balance in Odoo on the 31/12/2022 and you start recording accounting
transactions on the 01/01/2023, your synchronization date should be 01/01/2023.
When setting up the bank statement synchronization, Odoo automatically starts recording the
accounting transactions from the last transactions date +1 day (if the last transaction day is
31/12/2022, the recording starts on 01/01/2023). If the journal contains no transaction, Odoo
retrieves transactions as far back as possible. You can limit how far back Odoo retrieves
transactions by opening the Accounting app, going to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Lock Dates`,
and setting a date in the :guilabel:`Journal Entries Lock Date` field.
You must provide a phone number during your first synchronization to secure your account. We ask for
such information because we don't want your data falling into the wrong hands. Therefore, if we
detect suspicious activities on your account, we block all requests coming from your account, and
you need to reactivate it using that phone number.
The third-party provider may request more information in order to connect with your
bank institution.
This information is not stored on Odoo's servers.
The third-party provider may request more information in order to connect with your bank
institution. This information is not stored on Odoo's servers.
By default, transactions fetched from an online source are grouped inside the same statement, and
one bank statement is created per month. You can change the bank statement creation periodicity
@@ -106,9 +107,9 @@ If your connection with the proxy is disconnected, you can reconnect with the pr
:guilabel:`Fetch Account` button.
.. note::
This disconnection can be caused by the Odoo support. In this case, please contact the `support
<https://www.odoo.com/help>`_ directly with your client id or the reference of the error listed
in the chatter.
If you are unable to reconnect using the :guilabel:`Reconnect` button, please contact the
`support <https://www.odoo.com/help>`_ directly with your client id or the reference of the error
listed in the chatter.
.. _MigrationOnlineSync:
@@ -2,94 +2,138 @@
Bank reconciliation
===================
Overview
========
**Bank reconciliation** is the process of matching your :doc:`bank transactions <transactions>` with
your business records, such as :doc:`customer invoices <../customer_invoices>`, :doc:`vendor bills
<../vendor_bills>`, and :doc:`payments <../payments>`. Not only is this compulsory for most
businesses, but it also offers several benefits, such as reduced risk of errors in financial
reports, detection of fraudulent activities, and improved cash flow management.
Matching your bank statements with your accounting records can be a tedious task. You need to find the corresponding invoices, compare the amounts and partners' details with those in the bank statement. These steps can take a lot of time. Luckily, with Odoo you can very easily match your invoices or any other payment document with your bank statements.
Two options of the reconciliation process exist in Odoo.
1. We can directly specify the payment on the invoice
2. We can reconcile open invoices with bank statements
Configuration
=============
No special configuration is necessary to record invoices. All we need
to do is to install the accounting app.
.. image:: reconciliation/use01.png
Use cases
=========
Case 1: Payments registration
-----------------------------
We received the proof of payment of our invoice in the amount of 2100 euros issued to
Smith & Co.
We start at our issued Invoice of 2100 euros for Smith & Co. Because the
sold product is a service we demand an immediate payment. Our accountant
only handles bank statements at the end of week, so we have to mark
this invoice as paid immediately in order to indicate that we can start rendering services to our
customer.
Our customer send us a payment confirmation. We can thus register a
payment and mark the invoice as paid.
.. image:: reconciliation/use02.png
By clicking on **register payment,** we are telling Odoo that our
customer has paid the Invoice. We thus have to specify the amount and the
payment method.
.. image:: reconciliation/use03.png
Now we can always find the payment details in the Invoice by clicking on the
:menuselection:`Info --> Open Payment`.
.. image:: reconciliation/use04.png
The invoice has been paid and **the reconciliation has been done
automatically.**
Case 2: Bank statements reconciliations
---------------------------------------
We start at our issued Invoice of 3000 euros for Smith & Co. Let's also
assume that other Invoices are open for different customers.
.. image:: reconciliation/use05.png
We receive our bank statement and find that not only the invoice issued to Smith & Co has
been paid, but the one to Buzz of 92 euros as well.
**Import** or **Create** the bank statements. Please refer to the
documents from the Bank Feeds section.
.. image:: reconciliation/use06.png
On the dashboard, click on **Reconcile # Items**
.. image:: reconciliation/use07.png
If everything was right (correct partner name, right amount) odoo will
do the reconciliations **automatically**.
.. image:: reconciliation/use08.png
If some issues are found, you will need to take **manual actions**.
For example, if the partner is missing from your bank statement, just
fill it in :
.. image:: reconciliation/use09.png
If the payment is done with a down payment, just check if it is all
right and validate all related payments :
.. image:: reconciliation/use10.png
Thanks to the bank :doc:`reconciliation models <reconciliation_models>`, Odoo pre-selects the
matching entries automatically.
.. seealso::
:doc:`bank_synchronization`
- `Odoo Tutorials: Bank reconciliation
<https://www.odoo.com/slides/slide/bank-reconciliation-2724>`_
- :doc:`bank_synchronization`
- :doc:`transactions`
Bank reconciliation view
========================
To access a bank journal's **reconciliation view**, go to your :guilabel:`Accounting Dashboard` and
either:
- click the journal name (e.g., :guilabel:`Bank`) to display all transactions, including those
previously reconciled or
- click the :guilabel:`Reconcile items` button to display all transactions Odoo pre-selected for
reconciliation. You can remove the :guilabel:`Not Matched` filter from the search bar to include
previously reconciled transactions.
.. image:: reconciliation/bank-card.png
:alt: Reaching the bank reconciliation tool from your accounting dashboard
The bank reconciliation view is structured into three distinct sections: transactions, counterpart
entries, and resulting entry.
.. image:: reconciliation/user-interface.png
:alt: The user interface of the reconciliation view of a bank journal.
Transactions
The transactions section on the left shows all bank transactions, with the newest displayed
first. Click a transaction to select it.
Counterpart entries
The counterpart entries section on the bottom right displays the options to match the selected
bank transaction. Multiple tabs are available, including
:ref:`reconciliation/existing-entries`, :ref:`reconciliation/batch-payments`,
:ref:`reconciliation/manual-operations`, and :guilabel:`Discuss`, which contains the chatter for
the selected bank transaction.
Resulting entry
The resulting entry section on the top right displays the selected bank transaction matched with
the counterpart entries and includes any remaining debits or credits. In this section, you can
validate the reconciliation or mark it as :guilabel:`To Check`. Any :ref:`reconciliation model
buttons <reconciliation_models_button>` are also available in the resulting entry section.
Reconcile transactions
======================
Transactions can be matched automatically with the use of :doc:`reconciliation models
<reconciliation_models>`, or they can be matched with :ref:`existing entries
<reconciliation/existing-entries>`, :ref:`batch payments <reconciliation/batch-payments>`,
:ref:`manual operations <reconciliation/manual-operations>`, and :ref:`reconciliation model buttons
<reconciliation_models_button>`.
#. Select a transaction among unmatched bank transactions.
#. Define the counterpart. There are several options for defining a counterpart, including
:ref:`matching existing entries <reconciliation/existing-entries>`, :ref:`manual operations
<reconciliation/manual-operations>`, :ref:`batch payments <reconciliation/batch-payments>`, and
:ref:`reconciliation model buttons <reconciliation_models_button>`.
#. If the resulting entry is not fully balanced, balance it by adding another existing counterpart
entry or writing it off with a :ref:`manual operation <reconciliation/manual-operations>`.
#. Click the :guilabel:`Validate` button to confirm the reconciliation and move to the next
transaction.
.. tip::
If you are not sure how to reconcile a particular transaction and would like to deal with it
later, use the :guilabel:`To Check` button instead. All transactions marked as :guilabel:`To
Check` can be displayed using the :guilabel:`To Check` filter.
.. note::
Bank transactions are posted on the **journal's suspense account** until reconciliation. At this
point, reconciliation modifies the transaction journal entry by replacing the bank suspense
account with the corresponding receivable, payable, or outstanding account.
.. _reconciliation/existing-entries:
Match existing entries
----------------------
This tab contains matching entries Odoo automatically pre-selects according to the reconciliation
models. The entry order is based on :ref:`reconciliation models <reconciliation_models_suggestion>`,
with suggested entries appearing first.
.. tip::
The search bar within the :guilabel:`Match Existing Entries` tab allows you to search for
specific journal items.
.. _reconciliation/batch-payments:
Batch payments
--------------
`Batch payments <payments/batch-payments>`_ allow you to group different payments to ease
reconciliation. Use the :guilabel:`Batch Payments` tab to find batch payments for customers and
vendors. Similarly to the :guilabel:`Match Existing Entries` tab, the :guilabel:`Batch Payments` tab
has a search bar that allows you to search for specific batch payments.
.. _reconciliation/manual-operations:
Manual operations
-----------------
If there is not an existing entry to match the selected transaction, you may instead wish to
reconcile the transaction manually by choosing the correct account and amount. Then, complete any
of the relevant optional fields.
.. tip::
You can use the :guilabel:`fully paid` option to reconcile a payment, even in cases where only a
partial payment is received. A new line appears in the resulting entry section to reflect the
open balance registered on the Account Receivable by default. You can choose another
account by clicking on the new line in the resulting entry section and selecting the
:guilabel:`Account` to record the open balance.
.. note::
Lines are silently reconciled unless a write-off entry is required, which launches a
reconciliation wizard.
.. image:: reconciliation/fully-paid.png
:alt: Click on fully paid to manually set an invoice as entirely paid.
Reconciliation model buttons
----------------------------
Use a :ref:`reconciliation model button <reconciliation_models_button>` for manual operations that
are frequently used. These custom buttons allow you to quickly reconcile bank transactions manually
and can also be used in combination with existing entries.
Binary file not shown.

After

Width:  |  Height:  |  Size: 7.6 KiB

Binary file not shown.

After

Width:  |  Height:  |  Size: 17 KiB

Binary file not shown.

Before

Width:  |  Height:  |  Size: 3.7 KiB

Binary file not shown.

Before

Width:  |  Height:  |  Size: 18 KiB

Binary file not shown.

Before

Width:  |  Height:  |  Size: 5.1 KiB

Binary file not shown.

Before

Width:  |  Height:  |  Size: 9.0 KiB

Binary file not shown.

Before

Width:  |  Height:  |  Size: 11 KiB

Binary file not shown.

Before

Width:  |  Height:  |  Size: 8.1 KiB

Binary file not shown.

Before

Width:  |  Height:  |  Size: 4.3 KiB

Binary file not shown.

Before

Width:  |  Height:  |  Size: 7.1 KiB

Binary file not shown.

Before

Width:  |  Height:  |  Size: 4.5 KiB

Binary file not shown.

Before

Width:  |  Height:  |  Size: 7.1 KiB

Binary file not shown.

After

Width:  |  Height:  |  Size: 67 KiB

@@ -188,6 +188,8 @@ you will see the follow-up message and all overdue invoices.
.. image:: customer_invoices/invoice12.png
.. _customer-invoices/aging-report:
Customer aging report:
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ Cash discounts and tax reduction
**Cash discounts** are reductions in the amount a customer must pay for goods or services offered as
an incentive for paying their invoice promptly. These discounts are typically a percentage of the
total invoice amount and are applied if the customer pays within a specified time. Cash discounts
can help the company maintain a steady cash flow.
can help a company maintain a steady cash flow.
.. example::
You issue a €100 invoice on the 1st of January. The full payment is due within 30 days, and you
@@ -17,15 +17,46 @@ can help the company maintain a steady cash flow.
A :ref:`tax reduction <cash-discounts/tax-reductions>` can also be applied depending on the country
or region.
.. seealso::
- :doc:`payment_terms`
- :doc:`../payments`
.. _cash-discounts/configuration:
Configuration
=============
To grant cash discounts to customers, you must first set up the :ref:`type of tax reduction
<cash-discounts/tax-reductions>`, verify the :ref:`gain and loss accounts
<cash-discounts/gain-loss-accounts>`, and configure new :ref:`payment terms
<cash-discounts/payment-terms>`.
To grant cash discounts to customers, you must first verify the :ref:`gain and loss accounts
<cash-discounts/gain-loss-accounts>`. Then, configure :ref:`payment terms
<cash-discounts/payment-terms>` and add a cash discount by checking the :guilabel:`Early Discount`
checkbox and filling in the discount percentage, discount days, and :ref:`tax
reduction <cash-discounts/tax-reductions>` fields.
.. _cash-discounts/gain-loss-accounts:
Cash discount gain/loss accounts
--------------------------------
With a cash discount, the amount you earn depends on whether the customer benefits from the cash
discount or not. This inevitably leads to gains and losses, which are recorded on default accounts.
To modify these accounts, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings`, and, in
the :guilabel:`Default Accounts` section, select the accounts you want to use for the
:guilabel:`Cash Discount Gain account` and :guilabel:`Cash Discount Loss account`.
.. _cash-discounts/payment-terms:
Payment terms
-------------
Cash discounts are defined on :doc:`payment terms <payment_terms>`. Configure them to your liking by
going to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Payment Terms`, and make sure to fill out
the discount percentage, discount days, and :ref:`tax reduction <cash-discounts/tax-reductions>`
fields.
.. image:: cash_discounts/payment-terms.png
:alt: Configuration of payment terms named "2/7 Net 30". The field "Description on Invoices"
reads: "Payment terms: 30 Days, 2% Early Payment Discount under 7 days".
.. _cash-discounts/tax-reductions:
@@ -33,24 +64,24 @@ Tax reductions
--------------
Depending on the country or region, the base amount used to compute the tax can vary, which can lead
to a **tax reduction**.
to a **tax reduction**. Since tax reductions are set on individual payment terms, each term can use
a specific tax reduction.
To configure how the tax reduction is applied, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration
--> Settings`, and in the :guilabel:`Taxes` section, in the :guilabel:`Cash Discount Tax Reduction`
feature, select one of the three following options:
To configure how the tax reduction is applied, go to a payment term with the :guilabel:`Early
Discount` checkbox enabled, and select one of the three following options:
Always (upon invoice)
The tax is always reduced. The base amount used to compute the tax is the discounted amount,
whether the customer benefits from the discount or not.
- Always (upon invoice)
The tax is always reduced. The base amount used to compute the tax is the discounted amount,
whether the customer benefits from the discount or not.
On early payment
The tax is reduced only if the customer pays early. The base amount used to compute the tax is the
same as the sale: if the customer benefits from the reduction, then the tax is reduced. This means
that, depending on the customer, the tax amount can vary after the invoice is issued.
- On early payment
The tax is reduced only if the customer pays early. The base amount used to compute the tax is the
same as the sale: if the customer benefits from the reduction, then the tax is reduced. This means
that, depending on the customer, the tax amount can vary after the invoice is issued.
Never
The tax is never reduced. The base amount used to compute the tax is the full amount, whether the
customer benefits from the discount or not.
- Never
The tax is never reduced. The base amount used to compute the tax is the full amount, whether the
customer benefits from the discount or not.
.. example::
@@ -70,10 +101,10 @@ Never
- Computation
* - 8th of January
- €118.58
- (€98 + (21% of €98))
- €98 + (21% of €98)
* - 31st of January
- €120.58
- (€100 + (21% of €98))
- €100 + (21% of €98)
.. tab:: On early payment
@@ -85,10 +116,10 @@ Never
- Computation
* - 8th of January
- €118.58
- (€98 + (21% of €98))
- €98 + (21% of €98)
* - 31st of January
- €121.00
- (€100 + (21% of €100))
- €100 + (21% of €100)
.. tab:: Never
@@ -100,10 +131,10 @@ Never
- Computation
* - 8th of January
- €119.00
- (€98 + (21% of €100))
- €98 + (21% of €100)
* - 31st of January
- €121.00
- (€100 + (21% of €100))
- €100 + (21% of €100)
.. note::
- :ref:`Tax grids <tax-returns/tax-grids>`, which are used for the tax report, are correctly
@@ -112,41 +143,12 @@ Never
- The **type of cash discount tax reduction** may be correctly pre-configured, depending on your
:ref:`fiscal localization package <fiscal_localizations/packages>`.
.. _cash-discounts/gain-loss-accounts:
Cash discount gain/loss accounts
--------------------------------
With a cash discount, the amount you earn depends on whether the customer benefits from the cash
discount or not. This inevitably leads to gains and losses, which are recorded on default accounts.
To modify these accounts, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings`, and in
the :guilabel:`Default Accounts` section, select the accounts you want to use for the
:guilabel:`Cash Discount Gain account` and :guilabel:`Cash Discount Loss account`.
.. _cash-discounts/payment-terms:
Payment terms
-------------
Cash discounts are defined on :doc:`payment terms <payment_terms>`. Configure them to your liking by
going to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Payment Terms`, and make sure to fill out
the fields :guilabel:`Discount %` and :guilabel:`Discount Days`.
.. image:: cash_discounts/payment-terms.png
:align: center
:alt: Configuration of payment terms named "2/7 Net 30". The field "Description on Invoices"
reads: "Payment terms: 30 Days, 2% Early Payment Discount under 7 days".
.. seealso::
:doc:`payment_terms`
.. _cash-discounts/customer-invoice:
Apply a cash discount to a customer invoice
===========================================
Apply a cash discount to a customer invoice by selecting the :ref:`payment terms you created
On a customer invoice, apply a cash discount by selecting the :ref:`payment terms you created
<cash-discounts/payment-terms>`. Odoo automatically computes the correct amounts, tax amounts, due
dates, and accounting records.
@@ -154,26 +156,23 @@ Under the :guilabel:`Journal Items` tab, you can display the discount details by
"toggle" button and adding the :guilabel:`Discount Date` and :guilabel:`Discount Amount` columns.
.. image:: cash_discounts/invoice-journal-entry.png
:align: center
:alt: An invoice of €100.00 with "2/7 Net 30" selected as payment terms. The "Journal Items" tab
is open, and the "Discount Date" and "Discount Amount" columns are displayed.
The discount amount and due date are also displayed on the generated invoice sent to the customer.
The discount amount and due date are also displayed on the generated invoice report sent to the
customer if the :guilabel:`Show installment dates` option is checked on the payment terms.
.. image:: cash_discounts/invoice-print.png
:align: center
:alt: An invoice of €100.00 with the following text added to the terms and conditions: "30 Days,
2% Early Payment Discount under 7 days. 118.58 € due if paid before 01/08/2023."
:alt: An invoice of €100.00 with the following text added to the terms and conditions: "30
Days, 2% Early Payment Discount under 7 days. 118.58 € due if paid before 01/08/2023."
Payment reconciliation
----------------------
When you record a payment or reconcile your bank statements, Odoo takes the customer payment's date
into account to define if they can benefit from the cash discount or not.
When you record a :doc:`payment <../payments>` or :doc:`reconcile your bank transactions
<../bank/reconciliation>`, Odoo takes the customer payment's date into account to determine if the
customer can benefit from the cash discount or not.
.. note::
If your customer pays the discount amount *after* the discount date, you can always decide
whether to mark the invoice as fully paid with a write-off or as partially paid.
.. seealso::
:doc:`../payments`
If your customer pays the discount amount *after* the discount date, you can always decide to
mark the invoice as fully paid with a write-off or as partially paid.
Binary file not shown.

Before

Width:  |  Height:  |  Size: 13 KiB

After

Width:  |  Height:  |  Size: 16 KiB

@@ -2,102 +2,121 @@
Credit notes and refunds
========================
A **credit note**, or **credit memo**, is a document issued
to a customer that notifies them that they have been credited
a certain amount.
A **credit/debit note**, or **credit/debit memo**, is a document issued to a customer that notifies
them that they have been *credited/debited* a certain amount.
There are several reasons that can lead to a credit note, such as:
* a mistake in the invoice
* a return of the goods, or a rejection of the services
* the goods delivered are damaged
Several use cases can lead to a credit note, such as:
- a mistake in the invoice
- a return of the goods, or a rejection of the services
- the goods delivered are damaged
Debit notes are less common but are most frequently used to track debts owed by customers or to
vendors because of modifications to confirmed customer invoices or vendor bills.
.. note::
Issuing a credit note is the only legal way to cancel,
refund or modify a validated invoice. Dont forget to
*register the payment* afterward if you need to send money
back to your customer.
Issuing a credit/debit note is the only legal way to cancel, refund, or modify a validated
invoice. Do not forget to **register the payment** afterward if you need to send money back to
your customer and/or validate the
:doc:`return </applications/sales/sales/products_prices/returns>` if a storable product is
returned.
Issue a Credit Note
.. _accounting/issue-credit-note:
Issue a credit note
===================
You can create a credit note from scratch by going to
:menuselection:`Accounting --> Customers --> Credit Notes`,
and by clicking on *Create*. Filling the Credit Notes form
works the same way as the Invoices form.
You can create a credit note from scratch by going to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Customers -->
Credit Notes`, and by clicking on :guilabel:`Create`. Filling out a credit note form works the same
way as an invoice form.
However, most of the time, credit notes are generated directly
from the invoices they are related to.
To do so, open the *Customer Invoice*, and click on *Add Credit Note*.
.. image:: credit_notes/credit_notes01.png
:align: center
However, most of the time, credit notes are generated directly from the related invoices. To do so,
go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Customers --> Invoices`, open the related **customer invoice**,
and click on :guilabel:`Credit Note`.
You can choose between three options:
- Partial Refund
- Full Refund
- Full refund and new draft invoice
- :guilabel:`Partial Refund`
- :guilabel:`Full Refund`
- :guilabel:`Full refund and new draft invoice`
.. note::
Credit Notes numbers start with “R” and are followed by the
number of the document they are related to (e.g., RINV/2019/0004).
A credit note sequence starts with `R` and is followed by the number of the related document
(e.g., RINV/2019/0004 is related to the invoice INV/2019/0004).
Partial Refund
Partial refund
--------------
Odoo creates a draft credit note already prefilled with all the
necessary information from the original invoice.
This is the option to choose to do a partial refund, or if you
want to modify any detail on the credit note.
When selecting the :guilabel:`Partial Refund` option, Odoo creates a draft credit note already
prefilled with all the necessary information from the original invoice. This is the option to choose
if you wish to do a partial refund or if you want to modify any detail of the credit note.
.. note::
This is the only option available for invoices that are already marked as *Paid*.
This is the only option for invoices marked as *in payment* or *paid*.
Full Refund
Full refund
-----------
Odoo creates a credit note, automatically validates it, and
reconciles the original invoice with it.
When selecting the :guilabel:`Full Refund` option, Odoo creates a credit note, automatically
validates it, and reconciles it with the related invoice.
.. image:: credit_notes/credit_notes02.png
:align: center
:alt: Full refund credit note.
This is the option to choose to do a full refund or cancel
a validated invoice.
This is the option to choose for a full refund or to **cancel** a *validated* invoice.
Full refund and new draft invoice
---------------------------------
Odoo creates a credit note, automatically validates it, reconciles
the original invoice with it, and open a new draft invoice
When selecting the :guilabel:`Full refund and new draft invoice` option, Odoo creates a credit note,
automatically validates it, reconciles it with the related invoice, and opens a new draft invoice
prefilled with the same details from the original invoice.
This is the option to choose to modify the content of a validated invoice.
This is the option to **modify** the content of a *validated* invoice.
Record a Vendor Refund
.. _accounting/issue-debit-note:
Issue a debit note
==================
You can create a debit note from scratch by going to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Customers -->
Invoices` or by clicking on the related invoice you wish to issue a debit note for. On the invoice
form view, click :guilabel:`Cog icon (⚙) --> Debit Note`, fill in the information, and click
:guilabel:`Create Debit Note`.
Record a vendor refund
======================
**Vendor Refunds** are recorded the same way you would do with invoices credit notes:
**Vendor refunds** are recorded the same way as credit notes:
You can either create a credit note from scratch by going
to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Vendors --> Refund`, and
by clicking on *Create*, or by opening the validated *Vendor Bill*,
and clicking on *Add Credit Note*.
You can either create a credit note from scratch by going to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Vendors
--> Refund`, and by clicking on :guilabel:`Create`; or by opening the related **vendor bill**, and
clicking on :guilabel:`Credit Note`.
Journal Entries
Record a debit note
===================
**Debit notes** from vendors are recorded in a similar way to how they are issued to customers:
Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Vendors --> Bills`, open the related bill you wish to record a
debit note for, and click :guilabel:`Cog icon (⚙) --> Debit Note`. Fill in the information, and click
:guilabel:`Create Debit Note`.
Journal entries
===============
Issuing a credit note from an invoice creates a **reverse entry**
that zeroes out the journal items generated by the original invoice.
Issuing a credit/debit note from an invoice/bill creates a **reverse entry** that zeroes out the
journal items generated by the original invoice.
Here is an example of an invoices journal entry:
.. image:: credit_notes/credit_notes03.png
:align: center
.. example::
The journal invoice of an entry:
And here is the credit notes journal entry generated to reverse
the original invoice above:
.. image:: credit_notes/credit_notes03.png
:alt: Invoice journal entry.
.. image:: credit_notes/credit_notes04.png
:align: center
And here is the credit notes journal entry generated to reverse
the original invoice above:
.. image:: credit_notes/credit_notes04.png
:alt: Credit note journal entry reverses the invoice journal entry.
Binary file not shown.

Before

Width:  |  Height:  |  Size: 3.8 KiB

@@ -2,194 +2,175 @@
Deferred revenues
=================
**Deferred revenues**, or **unearned revenue**, are payments made in advance by customers for
products yet to deliver or services yet to render.
**Deferred revenues**, or **unearned revenues**, are invoices addressed to customers
for goods yet to be delivered or services yet to be rendered.
Such payments are a **liability** for the company that receives them since it still owes its
customers these products or services. The company cannot report them on the current **Profit and
Loss statement**, or *Income Statement*, since the payments will be effectively earned in the future.
The company cannot report them on the current **profit and loss statement**, or *income statement*,
since the goods and services will be effectively delivered/rendered in the future.
These future revenues must be deferred on the company's balance sheet until the moment in time they
can be **recognized**, at once or over a defined period, on the Profit and Loss statement.
These future revenues must be deferred on the company's balance sheet among the current liabilities
until they can be **recognized**, at once or over a defined period, on the profit and loss
statement.
For example, let's say we sell a five-year extended warranty for $ 350. We already receive the money
now but haven't earned it yet. Therefore, we post this new income in a deferred revenue account and
decide to recognize it on a yearly basis. Each year, for the next 5 years, $ 70 will be recognized
as revenue.
For example, let's say a business sells a software license of $1200 for 1 year. They immediately
invoice it to the customer but can't consider it earned yet, as the future months of licensing have
not yet been delivered. Therefore, they post this new revenue in a deferred revenue account and
recognize it on a monthly basis. Each month, for the next 12 months, $100 will be recognized as
revenue.
Odoo Accounting handles deferred revenues by spreading them in multiple entries that are
automatically created in *draft mode* and then posted periodically.
Odoo Accounting handles deferred revenues by spreading them in multiple entries that are posted
periodically.
.. note::
The server checks once a day if an entry must be posted. It might then take up to 24 hours before
you see a change from *draft* to *posted*.
you see a change from :guilabel:`Draft` to :guilabel:`Posted`.
Prerequisites
Configuration
=============
Such transactions must be posted on a **Deferred Revenue Account** rather than on the default income
account.
Make sure the default settings are correctly configured for your business. To do so, go to
:menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings`. The following options are available:
Configure a Deferred Revenue Account
------------------------------------
Journal
The deferral entries are posted in this journal.
Deferred Expense Account
Expenses are deferred on this Current Asset account until they are recognized.
Deferred Revenue Account
Revenues are deferred on this Current Liability account until they are recognized.
Generate Entries
By default, Odoo :ref:`automatically generates <customer_invoices/deferred/generate_on_validation>`
the deferral entries when you post a customer invoice. However, you can also choose to
:ref:`generate them manually <customer_invoices/deferred/generate_manually>` by selecting the
:guilabel:`Manually & Grouped` option instead.
Amount Computation
Suppose an invoice of $1200 must be deferred over 12 months. The :guilabel:`Equal per month`
computation accounts for $100 each month, while the :guilabel:`Based on days` computation
accounts for different amounts depending on the number of days in each month.
To configure your account in the **Chart of Accounts**, go to :menuselection:`Accounting -->
Configuration --> Chart of Accounts`, click on *Create*, and fill out the form.
.. _customer_invoices/deferred/generate_on_validation:
.. image:: deferred_revenues/deferred_revenues01.png
:align: center
:alt: Configuration of a Deferred Revenue Account in Odoo Accounting
Generate deferral entries on validation
=======================================
.. tip::
Make sure the :guilabel:`Start Date` and :guilabel:`End Date` fields are visible in the
:guilabel:`Invoice Lines` tab. In most cases, the :guilabel:`Start Date` should be in the same
month as the :guilabel:`Invoice Date`.
For each line of the invoice that should be deferred, specify the start and end dates of the
deferral period.
If the :guilabel:`Generate Entries` field in the **Settings** is set to :guilabel:`On invoice/bill
validation`, Odoo automatically generates the deferral entries when the invoice is validated. Click
the :guilabel:`Deferred Entries` smart button to see them.
One entry, dated on the same day as the invoice, moves the invoice amounts from the income account
to the deferred account. The other entries are deferral entries which, month after month, move
the invoice amounts from the deferred account to the income account to recognize the revenue.
.. example::
You can defer a January invoice of $1200 over 12 months by specifying a start date of 01/01/2023
and an end date of 12/31/2023. At the end of August, $800 is recognized as an income,
whereas $400 remains on the deferred account.
Reporting
=========
The deferred revenue report computes an overview of the necessary deferral entries for each account.
To access it, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Reporting --> Deferred Revenue`.
To view the journal items of each account, click on the account name and then :guilabel:`Journal
Items`.
.. image:: deferred_revenues/deferred_revenue_report.png
:alt: Deferred revenue report
.. note::
This account's type must be either *Current Liabilities* or *Non-current Liabilities*
Only invoices whose accounting date is before the end of the period of the report
are taken into account.
Post an income to the right account
-----------------------------------
.. _customer_invoices/deferred/generate_manually:
Select the account on a draft invoice
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
Generate grouped deferral entries manually
==========================================
On a draft invoice, select the right account for all the products of which the incomes must be
deferred.
If you have a lot of deferred revenues and wish to reduce the number of journal entries created, you
can generate deferral entries manually. To do so, set the :guilabel:`Generate Entries` field in the
**Settings** to :guilabel:`Manually & Grouped`. Odoo then aggregates the deferred amounts in a
single entry.
.. image:: deferred_revenues/deferred_revenues02.png
:align: center
:alt: Selection of a Deferred Revenue Account on a draft invoice in Odoo Accounting
At the end of each month, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Reporting --> Deferred Revenue` and
click the :guilabel:`Generate Entries` button. This generates two deferral entries:
Choose a different Income Account for specific products
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
- One dated at the end of the month which aggregates, for each account, all the deferred amounts
of that month. This means that a part of the deferred revenue is recognized at the end of that
period.
- The reversal of this created entry, dated on the following day (i.e., the first day of the
next month) to cancel the previous entry.
Start editing the product, go to the *Accounting* tab, select the right **Income Account**, and
save.
.. example::
There are two invoices:
.. image:: deferred_revenues/deferred_revenues03.png
:align: center
:alt: Change of the Income Account for a product in Odoo
- Invoice A: $1200 to be deferred from 01/01/2023 to 12/31/2023
- Invoice B: $600 to be deferred from 01/01/2023 to 12/31/2023
.. tip::
It is possible to automate the creation of revenue entries for these products (see:
`Automate the Deferred Revenues`_).
In January
At the end of January, after clicking the :guilabel:`Generate Entries` button, there are the
following entries:
Change the account of a posted journal item
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
- Entry 1 dated on the 31st January:
To do so, open your Sales Journal by going to
:menuselection:`Accounting --> Accounting --> Sales`, select the journal item you
want to modify, click on the account, and select the right one.
- Line 1: Expense account -1200 -600 = **-1800** (cancelling the total of both invoices)
- Line 2: Expense account 100 + 50 = **150** (recognizing 1/12 of invoice A and invoice B)
- Line 3: Deferred account 1800 - 150 = **1650** (amount that has yet to be deferred later
on)
.. image:: deferred_revenues/deferred_revenues04.png
:align: center
:alt: Modification of a posted journal item's account in Odoo Accounting
- Entry 2 dated on the 1st February, the reversal of the previous entry:
Deferred Revenues entries
=========================
- Line 1: Expense account **1800**
- Line 2: Deferred account **-150**
- Line 3: Expense account **-1650**
Create a new entry
------------------
In February
At the end of February, after clicking the :guilabel:`Generate Entries` button, there are the
following entries:
A **Deferred Revenues entry** automatically generates all journal entries in *draft mode*. They are
then posted one by one at the right time until the full amount of the income is recognized.
- Entry 1 dated on the 28th February:
To create a new entry, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Accounting --> Deferred Revenues`, click
on *Create*, and fill out the form.
- Line 1: Expense account -1200 -600 = **-1800** (cancelling the total of both invoices)
- Line 2: Expense account 200 + 100 = **300** (recognizing 2/12 of invoice A and invoice B)
- Line 3: Deferred account 1800 - 300 = **1500** (amount that has yet to be deferred later
on)
Click on **select related purchases** to link an existing journal item to this new entry. Some
fields are then automatically filled out, and the journal item is now listed under the **Related
Sales** tab.
- Entry 2 dated on the 1st March, the reversal of the previous entry.
.. image:: deferred_revenues/deferred_revenues05.png
:align: center
:alt: Deferred Revenue entry in Odoo Accounting
From March to October
The same computation is done for each month until October.
Once done, you can click on *Compute Revenue* (next to the *Confirm* button) to generate all the
values of the **Revenue Board**. This board shows you all the entries that Odoo will post to
recognize your revenue, and at which date.
In November
At the end of November, after clicking the :guilabel:`Generate Entries` button, there are the
following entries:
.. image:: deferred_revenues/deferred_revenues06.png
:align: center
:alt: Revenue Board in Odoo Accounting
- Entry 1 dated on the 30th November:
What does "Prorata Temporis" mean?
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
- Line 1: Expense account -1200 -600 = **-1800** (cancelling the total of both invoices)
- Line 2: Expense account 1100 + 550 = **1650** (recognizing 11/12 of invoice A and invoice
B)
- Line 3: Deferred account 1800 - 1650 = **150** (amount that has yet to be deferred later
on)
The **Prorata Temporis** feature is useful to recognize your revenue the most accurately possible.
- Entry 2 dated on the 1st December, the reversal of the previous entry.
With this feature, the first entry on the Revenue Board is computed based on the time left between
the *Prorata Date* and the *First Recognition Date* rather than the default amount of time between
recognitions.
In December
There is no need to generate entries in December. Indeed, if we do the computation for
December, we have an amount of 0 to be deferred.
For example, the Revenue Board above has its first revenue with an amount of $ 4.22 rather than
$ 70.00. Consequently, the last entry is also lower and has an amount of $ 65.78.
In total
If we aggregate everything, we would have:
Deferred Entry from the Sales Journal
-------------------------------------
- invoice A and invoice B
- two entries (one for the deferral and one for the reversal) for each month from January to
November
You can create a deferred entry from a specific journal item in your **Sales Journal**.
To do so, open your Sales Journal by going to
:menuselection:`Accounting --> Accounting --> Sales`, and select the journal item you want to defer.
Make sure that it is posted in the right account (see:
`Change the account of a posted journal item`_).
Then, click on *Action*, select **Create Deferred Entry**, and fill out the form the same way you
would do to `create a new entry`_.
.. image:: deferred_revenues/deferred_revenues07.png
:align: center
:alt: Create Deferred Entry from a journal item in Odoo Accounting
Deferred Revenue Models
=======================
You can create **Deferred Revenue Models** to create your Deferred Revenue entries faster.
To create a model, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Deferred Revenue Models`,
click on *Create*, and fill out the form the same way you would do to create a new entry.
.. tip::
You can also convert a *confirmed Deferred Revenue entry* into a model by
opening it from :menuselection:`Accounting --> Accounting --> Deferred
Revenues` and then, by clicking on the button *Save Model*.
Apply a Deferred Revenue Model to a new entry
---------------------------------------------
When you create a new Deferred Revenue entry, fill out the **Deferred Revenue Account** with the
right recognition account.
New buttons with all the models linked to that account appear at the top of the form. Clicking on a
model button fills out the form according to that model.
.. image:: deferred_revenues/deferred_revenues08.png
:align: center
:alt: Deferred Revenue model button in Odoo Accounting
.. _deferred-revenues-automation:
Automate the Deferred Revenues
==============================
When you create or edit an account of which the type is either *Current Liabilities* or *Non-current
Liabilities*, you can configure it to defer the revenues that are credited on it automatically.
You have three choices for the **Automate Deferred Revenue** field:
#. **No:** this is the default value. Nothing happens.
#. **Create in draft:** whenever a transaction is posted on the account, a draft *Deferred Revenues
entry* is created, but not validated. You must first fill out the form in
:menuselection:`Accounting --> Accounting --> Deferred Revenues`.
#. **Create and validate:** you must also select a Deferred Revenue Model (see:
`Deferred Revenue Models`_). Whenever a transaction is posted on the account, a *Deferred
Revenues entry* is created and immediately validated.
.. image:: deferred_revenues/deferred_revenues09.png
:align: center
:alt: Automate Deferred Revenue on an account in Odoo Accounting
.. tip::
You can, for example, select this account as the default **Income Account** of a product to fully
automate its sale. (see: `Choose a different Income Account for specific products`_).
.. seealso::
* :doc:`../get_started/chart_of_accounts`
* `Odoo Academy: Deferred Revenues (Recognition) <https://www.odoo.com/r/EWO>`_
Therefore, at the end of December, invoices A and B are fully recognized as income
only once in spite of all the created entries thanks to the reversal mechanism.
Binary file not shown.

After

Width:  |  Height:  |  Size: 6.6 KiB

Binary file not shown.

Before

Width:  |  Height:  |  Size: 6.7 KiB

Binary file not shown.

Before

Width:  |  Height:  |  Size: 17 KiB

Binary file not shown.

Before

Width:  |  Height:  |  Size: 6.0 KiB

Binary file not shown.

Before

Width:  |  Height:  |  Size: 16 KiB

Binary file not shown.

Before

Width:  |  Height:  |  Size: 27 KiB

Binary file not shown.

Before

Width:  |  Height:  |  Size: 20 KiB

Binary file not shown.

Before

Width:  |  Height:  |  Size: 4.9 KiB

Binary file not shown.

Before

Width:  |  Height:  |  Size: 5.6 KiB

Binary file not shown.

Before

Width:  |  Height:  |  Size: 5.4 KiB

@@ -72,33 +72,6 @@ You can define a specific e-invoicing format for each customer. To do so, go to
.. image:: electronic_invoicing/customer-form.png
:alt: Select an EDI format for a specific customer
Peppol formats
--------------
Use the fields :guilabel:`Peppol e-address (EAS)` and :guilabel:`Peppol Endpoint` to identify the
recipient in the Peppol Network.
.. seealso::
`Peppol BIS Billing 3.0 - Electronic Address Scheme (EAS) code list
<https://docs.peppol.eu/poacc/billing/3.0/codelist/eas/>`_
.. example::
.. list-table::
:header-rows: 1
* - Partner's country
- Peppol e-address (EAS)
- Peppol Endpoint
* - Luxembourg
- 9938 - Luxemburg VAT number
- a valid Luxemburgish VAT number
* - Netherlands
- 0190 - Dutch Originator's Identification Number
- a valid OIN number
* - Belgium
- 9925 - Belgium VAT number
- a valid Belgian VAT number
National electronic invoicing
-----------------------------
@@ -121,3 +94,146 @@ e-invoicing option to generate and attach the e-invoice file.
.. image:: electronic_invoicing/send-window.png
:alt: The Peppol option is checked and an e-invoicing XML file is attached to the email.
Peppol
======
The `Peppol <https://peppol.org/about/>`_ network ensures the exchange of documents and information
between enterprises and governmental authorities. It is primarily used for electronic invoicing, and
its access points (connectors to the Peppol network) allow enterprises to exchange electronic
documents.
Odoo is an **access point** and an :abbr:`SMP (Service Metadata Publisher)`, enabling electronic
invoicing transactions without the need to send invoices and bills by email or post.
If not done yet, :ref:`install <general/install>` the :guilabel:`Peppol` module (`account_peppol`).
.. important::
- Peppol registration is **free** and available in Odoo Community
- You can send **Customer Invoices** and **Credit Notes** and receive **Vendor Bills** and
**Refunds** via Peppol.
- You can send in one of the following supported document formats: **BIS Billing 3.0, XRechnung
CIUS, NLCIUS**.
- | The following **countries** are eligible for **Peppol registration in Odoo**:
| Andorra, Albania, Austria, Bosnia and Herzegovina, Belgium, Bulgaria, Switzerland, Cyprus,
Czech Republic, Germany, Denmark, Estonia, Spain, Finland, France, United Kingdom, Greece,
Croatia, Hungary, Ireland, Iceland, Italy, Liechtenstein, Lithuania, Luxembourg, Latvia,
Monaco, Montenegro, North Macedonia, Malta, Netherlands, Norway, Poland, Portugal, Romania,
Serbia, Sweden, Slovenia, Slovakia, San Marino, Turkey, Holy See (Vatican City State)
Registration
------------
Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings`, tick the :guilabel:`Use PEPPOL
Invoicing` checkbox, and fill in the following information:
- :guilabel:`Peppol EAS`. This is the Peppol Electronic Address Scheme and usually depends on your
company's country. Odoo often prefills this with the most commonly used EAS code in your country.
For example, the preferred EAS code for most companies in Belgium is 0208.
- :guilabel:`Peppol Endpoint`. This is usually a Company Registry number or a VAT number.
- :guilabel:`Phone Number`, including the country code (e.g., `+32` in Belgium)
- :guilabel:`Primary contact email`
.. seealso::
- `Peppol EAS - European Commision <https://ec.europa.eu/digital-building-blocks/wikis/display/DIGITAL/Code+lists/>`_
- `Peppol Endpoint - OpenPeppol eDEC Code Lists <https://docs.peppol.eu/edelivery/codelists/>`_
(open the "Participant Identifier Schemes" as HTML page)
If you are migrating from another access point, insert the :guilabel:`Migration key` from the
previous provider.
.. image:: electronic_invoicing/peppol-settings.png
:alt: Configuration for peppol
Finally, click on :guilabel:`Validate registration`.
.. note::
When testing Peppol, the system parameter `account_peppol.edi.mode` can be changed to `test`.
Then, the registration occurs on the test server.
.. image:: electronic_invoicing/peppol-system-parameter.png
:alt: Peppol test mode
Now, you can request a verification code to be sent to you by clicking :guilabel:`Verify phone
number`.
.. image:: electronic_invoicing/peppol-registration-verify.png
:alt: phone validation request verification
A text message containing a code is sent to the phone number provided to finalize the verification
process.
.. image:: electronic_invoicing/phone-registration.png
:alt: phone validation
Once you enter the code and click :guilabel:`Confirm`, you can see that your registration is pending
activation. From this point onwards, the default journal for receiving Vendor Bills can be set.
.. image:: electronic_invoicing/peppol-registration-pending.png
:alt: pending application
It should be automatically activated within a day.
.. tip::
It is also possible to manually trigger the cron that checks the registration status by going to
:menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Scheduled Actions --> PEPPOL\: update participant
status`.
Your application status should be updated soon after you are registered on the Peppol network.
.. image:: electronic_invoicing/peppol-registration-active.png
:alt: active application
All invoices and vendor bills can now be sent directly using the Peppol network.
Contact verification
--------------------
Before sending an invoice to a contact using the Peppol network, it is necessary to verify that they
are also registered as a Peppol participant.
To do so, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Customers --> Customers` and open the customer's
form. Then go to :menuselection:`Accounting tab --> Electronic Invoicing`, select the correct
format, and make sure their :guilabel:`Peppol EAS code` and the :guilabel:`Endpoint` are filled in.
Then, click :guilabel:`Verify`. If the contact exists on the network, their Peppol endpoint validity
is set to Valid.
.. image:: electronic_invoicing/peppol-contact-verify.png
:alt: verify contact registration
.. important::
While Odoo prefills both the EAS code and the Endpoint number based on the information available
for a contact, it is better to confirm these details directly with the contact.
Send invoices
-------------
Once ready to send an invoice via the Peppol network, simply click :guilabel:`Send & Print` on the
invoice form. To queue multiple invoices, select them in the list view and click
:menuselection:`Actions --> Send & Print`; they will be sent in a batch later on. Both
:guilabel:`BIS Billing 3.0` and :guilabel:`Send via PEPPOL` checkboxes need to be ticked.
.. image:: electronic_invoicing/peppol-send-print.png
:alt: Send peppol invoice
Once the invoices are sent via Peppol, the status is changed to :guilabel:`Processing`. The
status is changed to `Done` after they have been successfully delivered to the contact's Access
Point.
.. image:: electronic_invoicing/peppol-message-processing.png
:alt: Peppol message status
.. tip::
By default, the Peppol status column is hidden on the Invoices list view. You can choose to have
it displayed by selecting it from the optional columns, accessible from the top right corner of
the Invoices list view.
Receive vendor bills
--------------------
Once a day, a cron checks whether any new documents have been sent to you via the Peppol network.
These documents are imported, and the corresponding vendor bills are created automatically as
drafts.
.. image:: electronic_invoicing/peppol-receive-bills.png
:alt: peppol receive bills
Binary file not shown.

Before

Width:  |  Height:  |  Size: 11 KiB

After

Width:  |  Height:  |  Size: 15 KiB

Binary file not shown.

After

Width:  |  Height:  |  Size: 14 KiB

Binary file not shown.

After

Width:  |  Height:  |  Size: 11 KiB

Binary file not shown.

After

Width:  |  Height:  |  Size: 16 KiB

Binary file not shown.

After

Width:  |  Height:  |  Size: 18 KiB

Binary file not shown.

After

Width:  |  Height:  |  Size: 12 KiB

Binary file not shown.

After

Width:  |  Height:  |  Size: 8.7 KiB

Binary file not shown.

After

Width:  |  Height:  |  Size: 8.3 KiB

Binary file not shown.

After

Width:  |  Height:  |  Size: 5.4 KiB

Binary file not shown.

After

Width:  |  Height:  |  Size: 25 KiB

Binary file not shown.

After

Width:  |  Height:  |  Size: 6.3 KiB

Binary file not shown.

After

Width:  |  Height:  |  Size: 6.9 KiB

@@ -25,7 +25,9 @@ transportation, insurance, customs clearance, and other relevant aspects of the
- **DDP**: Delivered duty paid
.. seealso::
:doc:`../reporting/intrastat`
- :doc:`../reporting/intrastat`
- :doc:`../customer_invoices`
- :doc:`../vendor_bills`
.. _incoterms/invoices:
@@ -35,6 +37,16 @@ Define an Incoterm
To define an Incoterm manually, create an invoice or bill, click the :guilabel:`Other Info` tab, and
select the :guilabel:`Incoterm`.
Incoterm location
-----------------
A location relevant to the chosen Incoterm can be added to the invoice or bill under
:guilabel:`Other Info` in the :guilabel:`Incoterm Location` field.
.. example::
If the chosen Incoterm code is `CIF` (Cost, Insurance, Freight), the associated location might be
the destination port where the goods will be delivered.
.. _incoterms/default:
Default Incoterm configuration
@@ -2,120 +2,139 @@
Payment terms and installment plans
===================================
**Payment Terms** specify all the conditions under which a sale is paid, mostly to ensure customers
pay their invoices correctly and on time.
**Payment terms** specify all the conditions of a sale's payment to help ensure customers pay their
invoices correctly and on time.
Payment Terms can be applied to sales orders, customer invoices, supplier bills, and contacts. These
conditions cover:
Payment terms are generally defined on documents such as sales orders, customer invoices, and
vendor bills. Payment terms cover:
- The due date
- Some discounts
- Any other condition on the payment
Defining Payment Terms automatically calculates the payments' due dates. This is particularly
helpful for managing installment plans.
- The due date(s)
- Early payment discounts
- Any other conditions on the payment
An **installment plan** allows the customers to pay an invoice in parts, with the amounts and
payment dates defined beforehand by the seller.
**Examples of Payment Terms:**
- | **Immediate Payment**
| The full payment is due on the day of the invoice's issuance.
- | **15 Days** (or **Net 15**)
| The full payment is due 15 days after the invoice date.
- | **21 MFI**
| The full payment is due by the 21st of the month following the invoice date.
- | **2% 10, Net 30 EOM**
| 2% :doc:`cash discount <cash_discounts>` if the payment is received within ten days. Otherwise,
the full payment is due at the end of the month following the invoice date.
.. example::
Immediate Payment
The full payment is due on the day of the invoice's issuance.
15 Days (or Net 15)
The full payment is due 15 days after the invoice date.
21 MFI
The full payment is due by the 21st of the month following the invoice date.
30% Advance End of Following Month
30% is due on the day of the invoice's issuance. The remaining balance is due at the end of the
following month.
2% 10, Net 30 EOM
A 2% :doc:`cash discount <cash_discounts>` if the payment is received within ten days.
Otherwise, the full payment is due at the end of the month following the invoice date.
.. note::
Payment terms are not to be confused with down payment invoices. If, for a specific order, you
issue several invoices to your customer, that is neither a payment term nor an installment plan,
but an invoicing policy.
.. note::
This document is about the *Payment Terms* feature, not *Terms & Conditions*.
- Payment terms are not to be confused with :doc:`down payment invoices
</applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment>`. If, for a specific order, you issue
multiple invoices to your customer, that is neither a payment term nor an installment plan but
an invoicing policy.
- This page is about the *payment terms* feature, not :doc:`terms & conditions
<terms_conditions>`, which can be used to declare contractual obligations regarding content
use, return policies, and other policies surrounding the sale of goods and services.
.. seealso::
- `Odoo Tutorials: payment terms <https://www.odoo.com/slides/slide/payment-terms-1679>`_
- :doc:`cash_discounts`
- `Odoo Tutorials: Payment Terms <https://www.odoo.com/slides/slide/payment-terms-1679>`_
Configuration
=============
Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Payment Terms` and click on *Create*.
To create new payment terms, follow these steps:
The **Description on the Invoice** is the text displayed on the document (sale order, invoice,
etc.).
#. Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Payment Terms` and click on
:guilabel:`New`.
#. Enter a name in the :guilabel:`Payment Terms` field. This field is the name displayed both
internally and on sales orders.
#. Tick the :guilabel:`Early Discount` checkbox and fill out the discount percentage, discount days,
and :ref:`tax reduction <cash-discounts/tax-reductions>` fields to add a :doc:`cash discount
<cash_discounts>`, if desired.
#. In the :guilabel:`Due Terms` section, add a set of rules (terms) to define what needs to be paid
and by which due date(s). Defining terms automatically calculates the payments' due date(s). This
is particularly helpful for managing **installment plans** (:dfn:`payment terms with multiple
terms`).
In the **Terms** section, you can add a set of rules, called *terms*, to define what needs to be
paid and by which due date.
To add a term, click on *Add a line*, and define its *Type*, *Value*, and *Due Date Computation*.
.. important::
- Terms are computed in the order they are set up.
- The **balance** should always be used for the last line.
In the following example, 30% is due on the day of issuance, and the balance is due at the end of
the following month.
.. image:: payment_terms/configuration.png
:align: center
:alt: Example of Payment Terms. The last line is the balance due on the 31st of the following
month.
Using Payment Terms
===================
Payment Terms can be defined in the **Due Date** field, with the **Terms** drop-down list, on:
- | **Quotations**
| To set specific payment terms automatically on all invoices generated from a quotation.
- | **Customer Invoices**
| To set specific payment terms on an invoice.
- | **Vendor Bills**
| To set specific payment terms on a bill. This is mostly useful when you need to manage vendor
terms with several installments. Otherwise, setting the *Due Date* is enough.
To add a term, click on :guilabel:`Add a line`, define the discount's value and type in the
:guilabel:`Due` fields, then fill out the :guilabel:`After` fields to determine the due date.
#. Enter the text to be displayed on the document (sales order, invoice, etc.) in the gray textbox
in the :guilabel:`Preview` column.
#. Tick the :guilabel:`Show installment dates` checkbox to display a breakdown of each payment and
its due date on the invoice report, if desired.
.. tip::
You can also define a **Due Date** manually. If Payment Terms are already defined, empty the
field so you can select a date.
To instead specify a number of days *before the end of the month*, use a negative value in the
:guilabel:`After` field.
Payment Terms can be defined with the **Payment Terms** field on:
To test that your payment terms are configured correctly, enter an invoice date on the
:guilabel:`Example` line to generate the payments that would be due and their due dates
using these payment terms.
- | **Contacts**
| To set specific payment terms automatically on new sales orders, invoices, and bills of a
contact. This can be modified in the contacts *Form View*, under the *Sales & Purchase* tab.
.. important::
Terms are computed in the order of their due dates.
Journal Entries
.. example::
In the following example, 30% is due on the day of issuance, and the remaining 70% is due at the
end of the following month.
.. image:: payment_terms/configuration.png
:alt: Example of Payment Terms. The first line is the 30% due immediately. The second line is
the remaining 70% due at the end of the following month.
Using payment terms
===================
Payment terms can be defined using the :guilabel:`Payment Terms` field on:
- **Contacts:** To automatically set default payment terms on a contact's new sales orders,
invoices, and bills. This can be modified in the contact form, under the :guilabel:`Sales &
Purchase` tab.
- **Quotations/Sales Orders:** To set specific payment terms automatically on all invoices generated
from a quotation or sales order.
Payment terms can be defined using the :guilabel:`Due Date` field, with the :guilabel:`Terms`
drop-down list on:
- **Customer invoices:** To set specific payment terms on an invoice.
- **Vendor bills:** To set specific payment terms on a bill.
.. tip::
Setting payment terms on a vendor bill is mostly useful for managing vendor terms with multiple
installments or cash discounts. Otherwise, manually setting the **due date** is enough. If
payment terms are already defined, empty the field to select a date.
Journal entries
===============
Invoices with specific Payment Terms generate different *Journal Entries*, with one *Journal Item*
for every computed *Due Date*.
Invoices with specific payment terms generate different *journal entries*, with one *journal item*
for every computed *due date*.
This makes for easier *Follow-ups* and *Reconciliation* since Odoo takes each due date into account,
rather than just the balance due date. It also helps to get an accurate *Aged Receivable report*.
This makes for easier :doc:`follow-ups </applications/finance/accounting/payments/follow_up>` and
:doc:`reconciliation </applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation>` since Odoo takes each
due date into account, rather than just the balance due date. It also helps to get an accurate
:ref:`aged receivable report <customer-invoices/aging-report>`.
.. image:: payment_terms/journal-entry.png
:align: center
:alt: The amount debited on the Account Receivable is split into two Journal Items with distinct
Due Dates
.. example::
.. image:: payment_terms/journal-entry.png
:alt: The amount debited to the account receivable is split into two journal items with
distinct due dates
In this example, an invoice of $1000 has been issued with the following payment terms: *30% is due
on the day of issuance, and the balance is due at the end of the following month.*
In this example, an invoice of $1000 has been issued with the following payment terms: *30% is
due on the day of issuance, and the remaining 70% is due at the end of the following month.*
+----------------------+-------------+---------+---------+
| Account | Due date | Debit | Credit |
+======================+=============+=========+=========+
| Account Receivable | February 21 | 300 | |
+----------------------+-------------+---------+---------+
| Account Receivable | March 31 | 700 | |
+----------------------+-------------+---------+---------+
| Product Sales | | | 1000 |
+----------------------+-------------+---------+---------+
+----------------------+-------------+---------+---------+
| Account | Due date | Debit | Credit |
+======================+=============+=========+=========+
| Account Receivable | February 21 | 300 | |
+----------------------+-------------+---------+---------+
| Account Receivable | March 31 | 700 | |
+----------------------+-------------+---------+---------+
| Product Sales | | | 1000 |
+----------------------+-------------+---------+---------+
The $1000 debited on the Account Receivable is split into two distinct *Journal Items*. Both of
them have their own **Due Date**.
The $1000 debited to the account receivable is split into two distinct journal items. Both of
them have their own due date.
Binary file not shown.

Before

Width:  |  Height:  |  Size: 11 KiB

After

Width:  |  Height:  |  Size: 5.0 KiB

Binary file not shown.

Before

Width:  |  Height:  |  Size: 72 KiB

After

Width:  |  Height:  |  Size: 22 KiB

@@ -187,7 +187,8 @@ Send yourself a sample invoice by email to make sure everything is correctly con
* :doc:`get_started/chart_of_accounts`
* :doc:`bank/bank_synchronization`
* :doc:`../fiscal_localizations`
* `Odoo Tutorials: Accounting Basics <https://www.odoo.com/r/lsZ>`_
* `Odoo Tutorials: Accounting and Invoicing - Getting started [video]
<https://www.odoo.com/slides/slide/getting-started-1692>`_
.. toctree::
:titlesonly:
@@ -1,167 +1,439 @@
=================================
Inventory average price valuation
=================================
===============================
Average price on returned goods
===============================
As stated in the :doc:`inventory valuation page
</applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config>`,
one of the possible costing method you can use in perpetual stock
valuation, is the average cost.
.. |AVCO| replace:: :abbr:`AVCO (Average Cost Valuation)`
.. _inventory/avg_cost/definition:
This document answers to one recurrent question for companies using that
method to make their stock valuation: how does a shipping returned to
its supplier impact the average cost and the accounting entries? This
document is **only** for the specific use case of a perpetual valuation (as
opposed to the periodic one) and in average price costing method (as
opposed to standard of FIFO).
*Average cost valuation* (AVCO) is an inventory valuation method that evaluates cost based on the
total cost of goods bought or produced during a period, divided by the total number of items
on-hand. Inventory valuation is used to:
Definition of average cost
==========================
- reflect the value of a company's assets;
- keep track of the amount of unsold goods;
- account for monetary value in goods that have yet to generate profit;
- report on flow of goods throughout the quarter.
The average cost method calculates the cost of ending inventory and cost
of goods sold on the basis of weighted average cost per unit of
inventory.
Because |AVCO| uses the weighted average to evaluate the cost, it is a good fit for companies that
sell only a few different products in large quantities. In Odoo, this costing analysis is
*automatically updated* each time products are received.
The weighted average cost per unit is calculated using the following
formula:
Thus, when shipments are returned to their supplier, Odoo automatically generates accounting entries
to reflect the change in inventory valuation. However, Odoo does **not** automatically update the
|AVCO| calculation, because :ref:`this can potentially create inconsistencies with inventory
valuation <inventory/avg_price/leaving_inventory>`.
- When new products arrive in a warehouse, the new average cost is
recomputed as:
.. note::
This document addresses a specific use case for theoretical purposes. Navigate :ref:`here
<inventory/management/inventory_valuation_config>` for instructions on how to set up and use
|AVCO| in Odoo.
.. image:: avg_price_valuation/avg01.png
.. seealso::
- :ref:`Using inventory valuation <inventory/reporting/using_inventory_val>`
- :ref:`Other inventory valuation methods <inventory/inventory_valuation_config/costing_methods>`
Configuration
=============
To use average cost inventory valuation on a product, navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory -->
Configuration --> Product Categories` and select the category that will be using |AVCO|. On the
product category page, set :guilabel:`Costing Method` to `Average Cost (AVCO)` and
:guilabel:`Inventory Valuation` to `Automated`.
.. seealso::
:ref:`Inventory valuation configuration <inventory/management/inventory_valuation_config>`
Using average cost valuation
============================
The average cost method adjusts the inventory valuation when products are received in the warehouse.
This section explains how it works, but if the explanation is unnecessary, skip to the :ref:`return
to supplier use case <inventory/avg_cost/return>` section.
.. _inventory/avg_cost/formula:
Formula
-------
When new products arrive, the new average cost for each product is recomputed using the formula:
.. math::
Avg~Cost = \frac{(Old~Qty \times Old~Avg~Cost) + (Incoming~Qty \times Purchase~Price)}{Final~Qty}
- **Old Qty**: product count in stock before receiving the new shipment;
- **Old Avg Cost**: calculated average cost for a single product from the previous inventory
valuation;
- **Incoming Qty**: count of products arriving in the new shipment;
- **Purchase Price**: estimated price of products at the reception of products (since vendor bills
may arrive later). The amount includes not only the price for the products, but also added costs,
such as shipping, taxes, and :ref:`landed costs <inventory/reporting/landed_costs>`. At reception
of the vendor bill, this price is adjusted;
- **Final Qty**: quantity of on-hand stock after the stock move.
.. _inventory/avg_cost/definite_rule:
.. important::
When products leave the warehouse, the average cost **does not** change. Read about why the
average cost valuation is **not** adjusted :ref:`here <inventory/avg_price/leaving_inventory>`.
.. _inventory/avg_cost/math_table:
Compute average cost
--------------------
To understand how the average cost of a product changes with each shipment, consider the following
table of warehouse operations and stock moves. Each is a different example of how the average cost
valuation is affected.
+--------------------------------+---------------+-------------------+---------------+------------+
| Operation | Incoming Value| Inventory Value | Qty On Hand | Avg Cost |
+================================+===============+===================+===============+============+
| | | $0 | 0 | $0 |
+--------------------------------+---------------+-------------------+---------------+------------+
| Receive 8 tables at $10/unit | 8 * $10 | $80 | 8 | $10 |
+--------------------------------+---------------+-------------------+---------------+------------+
| Receive 4 tables at $16/unit | 4 * $16 | $144 | 12 | $12 |
+--------------------------------+---------------+-------------------+---------------+------------+
| Deliver 10 tables | -10 * $12 | $24 | 2 | $12 |
+--------------------------------+---------------+-------------------+---------------+------------+
.. _inventory/avg_cost/ex-1:
.. exercise::
Ensure comprehension of the above computations by reviewing the "Receive 8 tables at $10/unit"
example.
Initially, the product stock is 0, so all values are $0.
In the first warehouse operation, `8` tables are received at `$10` each. The average cost is
calculated using the :ref:`formula <inventory/avg_cost/formula>`:
.. math::
Avg~Cost = \frac{0 + 8 \times $10}{8} = \frac{$80}{8} = $10
- Since the *incoming quantity* of tables is `8` and the *purchase price* for each is `$10`,
- The inventory value in the numerator is evaluated to `$80`;
- `$80` is divided by the total amount of tables to store, `8`;
- `$10` is the average cost of a single table from the first shipment.
To verify this in Odoo, in the *Purchase* app, order `8` quantities of a new product, `Table`,
with no previous stock moves, for `$10` each.
In the table's :guilabel:`Product Category` field in the :guilabel:`General Information` tab of
the product form, click the :guilabel:`➡️ (arrow)` icon, to open an :guilabel:`External Link` to
edit the product category. Set the :guilabel:`Costing Method` to `Average Cost (AVCO)` and
:guilabel:`Inventory Valuation` to `Automated`.
Then, return to the purchase order. Click :guilabel:`Confirm Order`, and click :guilabel:`Receive
Products` to confirm receipt.
Next, check the inventory valuation record generated by the product reception by navigating to
:menuselection:`Inventory --> Reporting --> Inventory Valuation`. Select the drop-down for
`Table`, and view the :guilabel:`Total Value` column for the *valuation layer* (:dfn:`inventory
valuation at a specific point in time = on-hand quantity * unit price`). The 8 tables in-stock
are worth $80.
.. image:: avg_price_valuation/inventory-val-8-tables.png
:align: center
:alt: Show inventory valuation of 8 tables in Odoo.
.. tip::
When the product category's :guilabel:`Costing Method` is set to :guilabel:`AVCO`, then the
average cost of a product is also displayed on the :guilabel:`Cost` field, under the
:guilabel:`General Information` tab, on the product page itself.
Product delivery (use case)
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
For outgoing shipments, :ref:`outbound products have no effect on the average cost valuation
<inventory/avg_cost/definite_rule>`. Although the average cost valuation is not recalculated, the
inventory value still decreases because the product is removed from stock and delivered to the
customer location.
.. exercise::
To demonstrate that the average cost valuation is not recalculated, examine the "Deliver 10
tables" example.
.. math::
Avg~Cost = \frac{12 \times $12 + (-10) \times $12}{12-10} = \frac{24}{2} = $12
#. Because 10 tables are being sent out to customers, the *incoming quantity* is `-10`. The
previous average cost (`$12`) is used in lieu of a vendor's *purchase price*;
#. The *incoming inventory value* is `-10 * $12 = -$120`;
#. The old *inventory value* (`$144`) is added to the *incoming inventory value* (`-$120`), so
`$144 + -$120 = $24`;
#. Only `2` tables remain after shipping out `10` tables from `12`. So the current *inventory
value* (`$24`) is divided by the on-hand quantity (`2`);
#. `$24 / 2 = $12`, which is the same average cost as the previous operation.
To verify this in Odoo, sell `10` tables in the *Sales* app, validate the delivery, and then
review the inventory valuation record by going to in :menuselection:`Inventory --> Reporting -->
Inventory Valuation`. In the topmost valuation layer, delivering `10` tables reduces the
product's value by `-$120`.
**Note**: What is not represented in this stock valuation record is the revenue made from this
sale, so this decrease is not a loss to the company.
.. image:: avg_price_valuation/inventory-val-send-10-tables.png
:align: center
:alt: Show how deliveries decrease inventory valuation.
.. _inventory/avg_cost/return:
Return items to supplier (use case)
===================================
Because the price paid to suppliers can differ from the price the product is valued at with the
|AVCO| method, Odoo handles returned items in a specific way.
#. Products are returned to suppliers at the original purchase price, but;
#. The internal cost valuation remains unchanged.
The above :ref:`example table <inventory/avg_cost/math_table>` is updated as follows:
+--------------------------------+---------------+-------------------+---------------+------------+
| Operation | Qty*Avg Cost | Inventory Value | Qty On Hand | Avg Cost |
+================================+===============+===================+===============+============+
| | | $24 | 2 | $12 |
+--------------------------------+---------------+-------------------+---------------+------------+
| Return 1 table bought at $10 | -1 * $12 | $12 | 1 | $12 |
+--------------------------------+---------------+-------------------+---------------+------------+
In other words, returns to vendors are perceived by Odoo as another form of a product exiting the
warehouse. To Odoo, because the table is valued at $12 per unit, the inventory value is reduced by
`$12` when the product is returned; the initial purchase price of `$10` is unrelated to the table's
average cost.
.. example::
To return a single table that was purchased for `$10`, navigate to the receipt in the *Inventory*
app for the :ref:`8 tables purchased in Exercise 1 <inventory/avg_cost/ex-1>` by going to the
:guilabel:`Inventory Overview`, clicking on :guilabel:`Receipts`, and selecting the desired
receipt.
Then, click :guilabel:`Return` on the validated delivery order, and modify the quantity to `1` in
the reverse transfer window. This creates an outgoing shipment for the table. Select
:guilabel:`Validate` to confirm the outgoing shipment.
Return to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Reporting --> Inventory Valuation` to see how the
outgoing shipment decreases the inventory value by $12.
.. image:: avg_price_valuation/inventory-valuation-return.png
:align: center
:alt: Inventory valuation for return.
.. _inventory/avg_price/leaving_inventory:
Eliminate stock valuation errors in outgoing products
-----------------------------------------------------
Inconsistencies can occur in a company's inventory when the average cost valuation is recalculated
on outgoing shipments.
To demonstrate this error, the table below displays a scenario in which 1 table is shipped to a
customer and another is returned to a supplier at the purchased price.
+------------------------------------------+---------------+-------------------+---------------+------------+
| Operation | Qty*Price | Inventory Value | Qty On Hand | Avg Cost |
+==========================================+===============+===================+===============+============+
| | | $24 | 2 | $12 |
+------------------------------------------+---------------+-------------------+---------------+------------+
| Ship 1 product to customer | -1 \* $12 | $12 | 1 | $12 |
+------------------------------------------+---------------+-------------------+---------------+------------+
| Return 1 product initially bought at $10 | -1 \* $10 | **$2** | **0** | $12 |
+------------------------------------------+---------------+-------------------+---------------+------------+
In the final operation above, the final inventory valuation for the table is `$2` even though there
are `0` tables left in stock.
.. admonition:: Correct method
Use the average cost to value the return. This does not mean the company gets $12 back for a $10
purchase; the item returned for $10 is valued internally at $12. The inventory value change
represents a product worth $12 no longer being accounted for in company assets.
Anglo-Saxon accounting
======================
In addition to using |AVCO|, companies that use **Anglo-Saxon accounting** also keep a holding
account that tracks the amount to be paid to vendors. Once a vendor delivers an order, **inventory
value** increases based on the vendor price of the products that have entered the stock. The holding
account (called **stock input**) is credited and only reconciled once the vendor bill is received.
.. seealso::
- :ref:`Anglo-Saxon vs. Continental <inventory/inventory_valuation_config/accounting>`
The table below reflects journal entries and accounts. The *stock input* account stores the money
intended to pay vendors when the vendor bill has not yet been received. To balance accounts when
returning products that have a price difference between the price the product is **valued at** and
the price it was bought for, a *price difference* account is created.
.. _inventory/avg_price/price-table:
+-----------------------------------------+---------------+--------------+-------------------+---------------+------------+
| Operation | Stock Input | Price Diff | Inventory Value | Qty On Hand | Avg Cost |
+=========================================+===============+==============+===================+===============+============+
| | | | $0 | 0 | $0 |
+-----------------------------------------+---------------+--------------+-------------------+---------------+------------+
| Receive 8 tables at $10 | ($80) | | $80 | 8 | $10 |
+-----------------------------------------+---------------+--------------+-------------------+---------------+------------+
| Receive vendor bill $80 | $0 | | $80 | 8 | $10 |
+-----------------------------------------+---------------+--------------+-------------------+---------------+------------+
| Receive 4 tables at $16 | ($64) | | $144 | 12 | $12 |
+-----------------------------------------+---------------+--------------+-------------------+---------------+------------+
| Receive vendor bill $64 | $0 | | $144 | 12 | $12 |
+-----------------------------------------+---------------+--------------+-------------------+---------------+------------+
| Deliver 10 tables to customer | $0 | | $24 | 2 | $12 |
+-----------------------------------------+---------------+--------------+-------------------+---------------+------------+
| Return 1 table initially bought at $10 | **$10** | **$2** | **$12** | 1 | $12 |
+-----------------------------------------+---------------+--------------+-------------------+---------------+------------+
| Receive vendor refund $10 | $0 | $2 | $12 | 1 | $12 |
+-----------------------------------------+---------------+--------------+-------------------+---------------+------------+
Product reception
-----------------
Summary
~~~~~~~
At product reception, Odoo ensures companies can pay for goods that were purchased by preemptively
moving an amount matching the price of received goods into the :doc:`liability account
</applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet>`, **Stock Input**. Then, once the bill
has been received, the amount in the holding account is transferred to *Accounts Payable*. Transfers
into this account means the bill has been paid. **Stock Input** is reconciled once the vendor bill
is received.
Inventory valuation is a method of calculating how much each in-stock product is worth internally.
Since there is a difference between the price the product is **valuated at** and the price the
product was actually **purchased for**, the **Inventory Valuation** account is unrelated to the
crediting and debiting operations of the **Stock Input** account.
To conceptualize all this, follow the breakdown below.
Accounts balanced at received products
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
In this example, a company starts with zero units of a product, `table`, in stock. Then, 8 tables
are received from the vendor:
#. The **Stock Input** account stores `$80` of credit owed to the vendor. The amount in this account
is unrelated to the inventory value.
#. `$80` worth of tables came **in** (**debit** the *Inventory Value* account `$80`), and
#. `$80` must be paid **out** for received goods (**credit** the *Stock Input* account `$80`).
In Odoo
*******
Odoo generates an accounting journal entry when shipments that use |AVCO| costing method are
received. Configure a :guilabel:`Price Difference Account` by selecting the :guilabel:`➡️ (arrow)`
icon next to the :guilabel:`Product Category` field on the product page.
Under :guilabel:`Account Properties`, create a new :guilabel:`Price Difference Account` by typing in
the name of the account and clicking :guilabel:`Create and Edit`. Then set the account
:guilabel:`Type` as `Expenses`, and click :guilabel:`Save`.
.. image:: avg_price_valuation/create-price-difference.png
:align: center
:alt: Create price difference account.
- When products leave the warehouse: the average cost **does not** change
Then, receive the shipment in the *Purchase* app or *Inventory* app, and navigate to the
:menuselection:`Accounting app --> Accounting --> Journal Entries`. In the list, find the
:guilabel:`Reference` that matches the warehouse reception operation for the relevant product.
Defining the purchase price
---------------------------
.. image:: avg_price_valuation/search-for-entry-of-tables.png
:align: center
:alt: Show accounting entry of 8 tables from the list.
The purchase price is estimated at the reception of the products (you
might not have received the vendor bill yet) and reevaluated at the
reception of the vendor bill. The purchase price includes the cost you
pay for the products, but it may also includes additional costs, like
landed costs.
Click on the line for 8 tables. This accounting journal entry shows that when the 8 tables were
received, the `Stock Valuation` account increased by `$80`. Conversely, the **Stock Input** account
(set as `Stock Interim (Received)` account by default) is credited `$80`.
Average cost example
====================
.. image:: avg_price_valuation/accounting-entry-8-tables.png
:align: center
:alt: Debit stock valuation and credit stock input 80 dollars.
+-----------------------------+---------------+-------------------+---------------+------------+
| Operation | Delta Value | Inventory Value | Qty On Hand | Avg Cost |
+=============================+===============+===================+===============+============+
| | | $0 | 0 | $0 |
+-----------------------------+---------------+-------------------+---------------+------------+
| Receive 8 Products at $10 | +8\*$10 | $80 | 8 | $10 |
+-----------------------------+---------------+-------------------+---------------+------------+
| Receive 4 Products at $16 | +4\*$16 | $144 | 12 | $12 |
+-----------------------------+---------------+-------------------+---------------+------------+
| Deliver 10 Products | -10\*$12 | $24 | 2 | $12 |
+-----------------------------+---------------+-------------------+---------------+------------+
+-----------------------------+---------------+-------------------+---------------+------------+
Accounts balanced at received vendor bill
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
At the beginning, the Avg Cost is set to 0 set as there is no product in
the inventory. When the first reception is made, the average cost
becomes logically the purchase price.
In this example, a company starts with zero units of a product, table, in stock. Then, 8 tables are
received from the vendor. When the bill is received from vendor for 8 tables:
At the second reception, the average cost is updated because the total
inventory value is now ``$80 + 4*$16 = $144``. As we have 12 units on
hand, the average price per unit is ``$144 / 12 = $12``.
#. Use `$80` in the **Stock Input** account to pay the bill. This cancels out and the account now
holds `$0`.
#. Debit **Stock Input** `$80` (to reconcile this account).
#. Credit **Accounts payable** `$80`. This account stores the amount the company owes others, so
accountants use the amount to write checks to vendors.
By definition, the delivery of 10 products does not change the average
cost. Indeed, the inventory value is now $24 as we have only 2 units
remaining of each ``$24 / 2 = $12``.
In Odoo
*******
Purchase return use case
========================
Once the vendor requests payment, navigate to the :menuselection:`Purchase app --> Orders -->
Purchase` and select the :abbr:`PO (Purchase Order)` for 8 tables. Inside the :abbr:`PO (Purchase
Order)`, select :guilabel:`Create Bill`.
In case of a product returned to its supplier after reception, the
inventory value is reduced using the average cost formulae (not at the
initial price of these products!).
Switch to the :guilabel:`Journal Items` tab to view how `$80` is transferred from the holding
account, `Stock Interim (Received)` to `Accounts Payable`. :guilabel:`Confirm` the bill to record
the payment to the vendor.
Which means that the above table will be updated as follow:
.. image:: avg_price_valuation/receive-8-table-bill.png
:align: center
:alt: Show bill linked to the purchase order for 8 tables.
+-----------------------------------------------+---------------+-------------------+---------------+------------+
| Operation | Delta Value | Inventory Value | Qty On Hand | Avg Cost |
+===============================================+===============+===================+===============+============+
| | | $24 | 2 | $12 |
+-----------------------------------------------+---------------+-------------------+---------------+------------+
| Return of 1 Product initially bought at $10 | -1\*$12 | $12 | 1 | $12 |
+-----------------------------------------------+---------------+-------------------+---------------+------------+
On product delivery
-------------------
Explanation: counter example
----------------------------
In the :ref:`above example table <inventory/avg_price/price-table>`, when 10 products are delivered
to a customer, the **Stock Input** account is untouched because there are no new products coming in.
To put it simply:
Remember the definition of **Average Cost**, saying that we do not update
the average cost of a product leaving the inventory. If you break this
rule, you may lead to inconsistencies in your inventory.
#. **Inventory valuation** is credited `$120`. Subtracting from inventory valuation represents
`$120` worth of products exiting the company.
#. Debit **Accounts Receivable** to record revenue from the sale.
As an example, here is the scenario when you deliver one piece to the
customer and return the other one to your supplier (at the cost you
purchased it). Here is the operation:
.. image:: avg_price_valuation/sell-10-tables.png
:align: center
:alt: Show journal items linked to sale order.
+-----------------------------------------------+---------------+-------------------+---------------+------------+
| Operation | Delta Value | Inventory Value | Qty On Hand | Avg Cost |
+===============================================+===============+===================+===============+============+
| | | $24 | 2 | $12 |
+-----------------------------------------------+---------------+-------------------+---------------+------------+
| Customer Shipping 1 product | -1\*$12 | $12 | 1 | $12 |
+-----------------------------------------------+---------------+-------------------+---------------+------------+
| Return of 1 Product initially bought at $10 | -1\*$10 | **$2** | **0** | $12 |
+-----------------------------------------------+---------------+-------------------+---------------+------------+
.. spoiler:: Understand Anglo-Saxon expensing
As you can see in this example, this is not correct: an inventory
valuation of $2 for 0 pieces in the warehouse.
In the accounting journal entry invoicing a customer for 10 tables, the accounts **Product
Sales**, **Tax Received**, and **Accounts Receivable** all pertain to the sale of the product.
**Accounts Receivable** is the account where the customer payment will be received.
The correct scenario should be to return the goods at the current
average cost:
Anglo-Saxon accounting recognizes the cost of goods sold (COGS) once the sale is made. So, up
until the product is sold, scrapped, or returned, costs of keeping the product in stock are not
accounted for. The **Expense** account is debited `$120` to log the costs of storing 10 tables
during this period of time.
+-----------------------------------------------+---------------+-------------------+---------------+------------+
| Operation | Delta Value | Inventory Value | Qty On Hand | Avg Cost |
+===============================================+===============+===================+===============+============+
| | | $24 | 2 | $12 |
+-----------------------------------------------+---------------+-------------------+---------------+------------+
| Customer Shipping 1 product | -1\*$12 | $12 | 1 | $12 |
+-----------------------------------------------+---------------+-------------------+---------------+------------+
| Return of 1 Product initially bought at $10 | -1\*$12 | **$0** | **0** | $12 |
+-----------------------------------------------+---------------+-------------------+---------------+------------+
On product return
-----------------
On the other hand, using the average cost to value the return ensure a
correct inventory value at all times.
In the :ref:`above example table <inventory/avg_price/price-table>`, when returning 1 product to a
vendor purchased at `$10`, a company expects `$10` in the **Accounts Payable** account from the
vendor. However, **Stock Input** account must be debited `$12` because the average cost is `$12` at
the time of the return. The missing `$2` is accounted for in the :guilabel:`Price Difference
Account`, which is set up in the product's :guilabel:`Product Category`.
Further thoughts on anglo saxon mode
------------------------------------
.. note::
Behavior of *price difference accounts* varies from localization. In this case, the account is
intended to store differences between vendor price and *automated* inventory valuation methods.
For people in using the **anglo saxon accounting** principles, there is
another concept to take into account: the stock input account of the
product, which is intended to hold at any time the value of vendor bills
to receive. So the stock input account will increase on reception of
incoming shipments and will decrease when receiving the related vendor
bills.
Summary:
Back to our example, we see that when the return is valued at the
average price, the amount booked in the stock input account is the
original purchase price:
#. Debit **Stock Input** account `$10` to move the table from stock to stock input. This move is to
indicate that the table is to be processed for an outgoing shipment.
#. Debit **Stock Input** an additional `$2` to account for the **Price Difference**.
#. Credit **Stock Valuation** `$12` because the item is leaving the stock.
+-----------------------------------------------+---------------+--------------+-------------------+---------------+------------+
| Operation | stock input | price diff | Inventory Value | Qty On Hand | Avg Cost |
+===============================================+===============+==============+===================+===============+============+
| | | | $0 | 0 | $0 |
+-----------------------------------------------+---------------+--------------+-------------------+---------------+------------+
| Receive 8 Products at $10 | ($80) | | $80 | 8 | $10 |
+-----------------------------------------------+---------------+--------------+-------------------+---------------+------------+
| Receive vendor bill $80 | $0 | | $80 | 8 | $10 |
+-----------------------------------------------+---------------+--------------+-------------------+---------------+------------+
| Receive 4 Products at $16 | ($64) | | $144 | 12 | $12 |
+-----------------------------------------------+---------------+--------------+-------------------+---------------+------------+
| Receive vendor bill $64 | $0 | | $144 | 12 | $12 |
+-----------------------------------------------+---------------+--------------+-------------------+---------------+------------+
| Deliver 10 Products | $0 | | $24 | 2 | $12 |
+-----------------------------------------------+---------------+--------------+-------------------+---------------+------------+
| Return of 1 Product initially bought at $10 | **$10** | **$2** | **$12** | 1 | $12 |
+-----------------------------------------------+---------------+--------------+-------------------+---------------+------------+
| Receive vendor refund $10 | $0 | $2 | $12 | 1 | $12 |
+-----------------------------------------------+---------------+--------------+-------------------+---------------+------------+
.. image:: avg_price_valuation/expensing-price-difference-account.png
:align: center
:alt: 2 dollar difference expensed in Price Difference account.
This is because the vendor refund will be made using the original
purchase price, so to zero out the effect of the return in the stock
input in last operation, we need to reuse the original price. The price
difference account located on the product category is used to book the
difference between the average cost and the original purchase price.
Once the vendor's refund is received,
#. Credit **Stock Input** account `$10` to reconcile the price of the table.
#. Debit **Accounts Payable** `$10` to have the accountants collect and register the payment in
their journal.
.. image:: avg_price_valuation/return-credit-note.png
:align: center
:alt: Return to get 10 dollars back.
Binary file not shown.

After

Width:  |  Height:  |  Size: 19 KiB

Binary file not shown.

After

Width:  |  Height:  |  Size: 5.3 KiB

Binary file not shown.

After

Width:  |  Height:  |  Size: 29 KiB

Binary file not shown.

After

Width:  |  Height:  |  Size: 16 KiB

Binary file not shown.

After

Width:  |  Height:  |  Size: 13 KiB

Some files were not shown because too many files have changed in this diff Show More